Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Income / Norcros Plc

Norcros Plc

nxr · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nxr
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Income
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Norcros Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2016

N

o

r

c

r

o

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Norcros is focused 
on showers, taps, 
bathroom accessories, 
tiles and adhesives.

We have six complementary UK businesses: 
Triton Showers, Vado, Croydex, Abode, 
Johnson Tiles and Norcros Adhesives, and 
three complementary businesses in South Africa: 
Johnson Tiles South Africa, TAL and Tile Africa.

Our businesses have a long, successful track record 
of serving consumers, architects, designers, retailers 
and wholesalers. Our emphasis is on innovation, quality 
and service combined with a strong understanding 
of our customers’ needs. 

We aim to use our strong brands, our innovative products 
and our leading market positions to drive investment 
returns and shareholder value.

Further information and investor updates can be found 
on our website at www.norcros.com

HIGHLIGHTS

– Seventh consecutive year of growth

– Underlying operating profit up 25.7% at £21.3m (2015: £17.0m)

– Underlying diluted earnings per share increased by 31.8%

–  Acquisitions of Croydex and Abode – further progress towards 

strategic growth target

– Underlying ROCE at 18.3% – ahead of strategic target 

– Full year dividend increased by 17.9%

–  Agreement with pension Trustee on scheme valuation 

and recovery plan

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Total revenue

£235.9m

+6.3%

Underlying operating profit

£21.3m

+25.7%

Dividends per share*

6.6p

+17.9%

* 

 As restated to reflect the 10:1 share 
consolidation completed 
on 29 September 2015.

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

235.9

222.1

218.7

200.4

190.8

17.0

16.1

12.8

12.0

6.6

5.6

5.1

4.6

4.2

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

01

Overview

About Norcros 
Highlights 
At a glance  
Chairman’s statement 
Group Chief Executive’s statement 

Strategic report

Business model 
Strategic report 
Strategy and objectives 
Measuring our progress 
Business performance 
UK business review 
South Africa business review 
Group Finance Director’s report 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
Corporate responsibility and sustainability 

IFC
01
02
04
06 

08
09
09
10
11
12
16
18
24
28

Corporate governance

Board of Directors  
30
32
Corporate governance 
36
Audit Committee report 
Nominations Committee report 
40
Remuneration Committee annual statement  41
43
Directors’ remuneration policy report 
50
Annual report on remuneration 
59
Directors’ report 
61
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

62
68

Independent auditor’s report 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income  
69
70
Consolidated balance sheet  
Consolidated cash flow statement  
71 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity  72
73
Notes to the Group accounts 
106
Independent auditor’s report 
Parent Company balance sheet 
108
Parent Company statement of  
changes in equity 
Notes to the Parent Company accounts 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Explanatory notes 

109
110
114
118

21.3

Financial statements

02

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

AT A GLANCE

Our portfolio of brands is well established, 
with leading market positions.

UK
In the UK we offer a wide range of quality bathroom and kitchen products 
both for domestic and commercial applications. Our portfolio of businesses 
is well established, services a broad customer base and benefits from 
leading market positions and strong brands.

Share of Group revenue

£163.0m

69% share

Underlying operating profit

£17.2m

81% share

Triton

Manufacturer and distributor of electric 
and mixer showers and accessories

Providing high quality and innovative electric 
and mixer showers to a wide range of retail and 
trade customers, assembled in the UK using 
parts sourced from Europe and the Far East

Norcros Adhesives

Manufacturer of tile and stone adhesives 
and ancillary products

Supplying ceramic tile adhesives and self-levelling 
compounds, as well as backing boards and other 
requirements for wet rooms, to both retail and 
trade customers from our state-of-the-art 
manufacturing facility in Stoke on Trent

Vado

Croydex

Manufacturer and distributor of taps, mixer 
showers, bathroom accessories and valves

Providing a wide range of high end brassware 
and accessories to retail and trade customers, 
assembled in the UK using parts sourced from 
Europe and the Far East 

Market leading, innovative designer, 
manufacturer and distributor of high quality 
bathroom furnishings and accessories

Offering a wide range of accessories and 
furniture for the bathroom such as toilet seats, 
wall-mounted cupboards, vanity units, shower 
rods, rails and curtains to retail and trade 
customers, sourced from the Far East

Johnson Tiles

Abode

Manufacturer and distributor of ceramic wall 
and floor tiles

Offering a mixture of own manufactured wall 
tile from our plant in Stoke on Trent, and wall 
and floor tile sourced from around the world, 
it is a “one-stop shop” for all customers’ 
ceramic tile needs, from high volume floor 
tiles all the way to bespoke individual projects 

A leading niche designer and distributor 
of high quality kitchen taps, bathroom taps 
and kitchen sinks

Designing and supplying high end kitchen 
taps, sinks and instant hot water taps in both 
the UK-branded and own-label segments, 
mainly sourced from Europe

Read more about our UK businesses on 
page 12

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

03

SOUTH AFRICA
Our complementary businesses in South Africa operate principally 
from a shared manufacturing and administrative site near Johannesburg, 
allowing them to maximise operational, revenue and cost synergies.

Share of Group revenue

£72.9m

31% share

Underlying operating profit

£4.1m

19% share

Launch of new store 
in Boksburg, South 
Africa, April 2016.

Johnson Tiles South Africa

Manufacturer and distributor of ceramic 
wall and floor tiles

A well invested plant and technological 
know-how has positioned JTSA as the 
number two ceramic tile manufacturer 
in South Africa

TAL

Leading manufacturer of tile adhesives, 
pourable floor coverings and tiling tools

Offering a range of products and accessories 
to be a “one-stop shop” for tile fixing solutions

Tile Africa

Leading retailer of local and 
international tiles and associated 
bathroom and kitchen products

A network of 34 showrooms throughout 
South Africa and Sub-Saharan Africa selling 
both own manufactured tiles and adhesives 
from its sister companies and sourced products

Read more about our South African 
businesses on page 16

04

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

Norcros has recorded its seventh year of 
revenue and underlying operating profit 
growth, and has made good progress 
towards its strategic objectives with the 
acquisitions of Croydex and Abode.”

SUMMARY

 — Seventh consecutive year of growth

 — Underlying operating profit up 25.7% 

at £21.3m (2015: £17.0m)

 — Underlying diluted earnings per share 

increased by 31.8%

 — Acquisitions of Croydex and Abode 
– further progress towards strategic 
growth target

 — Underlying ROCE at 18.3% 
– ahead of strategic target 

 — Full year dividend increased by 17.9%

 — Agreement with pension Trustee on 
scheme valuation and recovery plan

Overview
I am delighted to announce that Norcros 
has recorded its seventh year of revenue and 
underlying operating profit growth, with the 
result achieved in the year being marginally 
ahead of market expectations. The Group 
has also made good progress towards its 
strategic objectives with the acquisitions 
of Croydex and Abode in the year.

Group revenue for the year was £235.9m, 
6.3% higher than the prior year on a 
reported basis, 11.0% higher on a constant 
currency basis and 2.9% higher on a like for 
like constant currency basis. Underlying 
operating profit at £21.3m was 25.7% higher 
than prior year, reflecting a significantly 
improved performance in Johnson Tiles 
UK, continued progress in our South 
African businesses, and a first time 
contribution from Croydex, which was 
acquired in June 2015. This led to an 
increase in underlying diluted earnings 
per share of 31.8% to 27.8p (2015: 21.1p).

The acquisition of Croydex, our market 
leading, innovative designer, manufacturer 
and distributor of high quality bathroom 
furnishings and accessories, was a further 
key step towards achieving our strategic 
goals, and I have been encouraged by its 
seamless integration into the Norcros Group 
and the strong trading performance since 
being acquired. The acquisition of Abode, 
a leading niche designer and distributor of 
high quality kitchen taps, bathroom taps 
and kitchen sinks, was completed just before 
the end of the financial year. I am confident 
that Abode is an excellent strategic fit and 
that we can further grow and develop 
it alongside our current portfolio. The 
Board expects the Abode acquisition 
to be earnings enhancing immediately. 

The Group is in a sound financial position, 
with strong cash generation in the year. 
Following the £23.6m investment in 
acquisitions during the year, net debt 
at £32.5m (2015: £14.2m) represents 
pro-forma leverage of 1.2 times EBITDA.

Dividend
The Board is recommending a final dividend 
for the year of 4.4p (2015 restated: 3.75p) 
per share. When added to the interim 
dividend of 2.2p (2015 restated: 1.85p) per 
share which was paid on 7 January 2016, 
this will make a total dividend for the year 
of 6.6p (2015 restated: 5.6p) per share, 
a 17.9% increase on the previous year.

Pension
I am pleased to report that we reached 
agreement with the pension scheme 
Trustee on the 2015 actuarial valuation 
and recovery plan. The actuarial deficit 
at £73.5m (2012: £61.9m) reflects the 
impact of historically low gilt yields and 
the recovery plan of £2.5m per annum 
plus CPI for the next ten years represents 
a satisfactory outcome in the light of that 
valuation and the previous plan of £2.1m 
plus CPI per annum.

Governance
As Chairman, one of my primary 
responsibilities is to ensure that the Group 
operates to the highest standards in all aspects 
of governance and risk management. 
Our aim at Norcros is to manage a growing 
business effectively, while ensuring that 
proper operating procedures and internal 
controls are maintained at all times. 
Transparency is central to this objective 
and you will find more detail about our 
approach and progress over the last year 
in the Corporate Governance section 
of this report.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

05

People
Our employees are undoubtedly our most 
important asset and I am certain that for 
all our businesses, including those newly 
acquired, the opportunities for long-term 
growth within the Group will ensure that they 
find Norcros a place where they will continue 
to enjoy rewarding careers. On behalf of the 
Board I welcome those employees joining 
the Group from our newly acquired Croydex 
and Abode businesses and congratulate all 
employees for delivering another year of 
strong progress.

Board changes
As previously announced, Shaun Smith 
succeeded Martin Payne as Group Finance 
Director on 4 April 2016 and following a 
handover Martin stepped down from the 
Board on 12 May 2016. I would like to 
welcome Shaun to Norcros and wish him 
well in his role. I also thank Martin for his 
valued contribution during his tenure. 

Summary
The Group has delivered another very strong 
performance notwithstanding mixed market 
conditions and currency headwinds, reflecting 
the successful acquisition strategy and the 
sustained focus on driving organic growth 
through market share gain, investment in new 
products, operational efficiency programmes 
and geographic expansion. 

In addition, we have taken further steps 
towards achieving our strategic goals with 
the acquisitions of Croydex and Abode 
during the year, both of which will extend our 
product offering and provide opportunities 
to drive revenue and procurement synergies 
for the Group within our chosen sectors 
and geographies. These recent acquisitions, 
together with our developing pipeline, give 
me confidence that we can achieve our 
medium-term strategic objectives.

Martin Towers
Chairman

14 June 2016

Pronteau, the newly patented* 4 in 1 mixer 
tap, the latest innovation by Abode, offers the 
benefits of kitchen mixers with the addition 
of filtered cold and 80-98 degree filtered 
steaming hot water on demand.

* Patent pending.

06

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

Group underlying operating profit 
at £21.3m (2015: £17.0m) was 25.7% 
higher than prior year, with Group 
underlying operating margins also 
substantially ahead of last year at 
9.0% (2015: 7.6%).”

resolution of last year’s production 
inefficiencies, and good profit progression at 
Vado. Triton maintained its strong profitability 
although lower retail revenue and additional 
marketing investment in its South American 
markets resulted in profits being below the 
prior year.

I am also pleased to report the sustained 
improvement in performance in our South 
African business, where revenue was 15.0% 
higher on a constant currency basis albeit 
broadly flat on a reported basis due to the 
weakening of the Rand. Underlying operating 
profit for the year increased by 27.8% to £4.1m 
(2015: £3.2m) despite the weaker Rand 
adversely impacting profit translation by £0.6m, 
resulting in operating margins advancing 
to 5.6% from 4.4% in the prior year. Again, 
all three businesses contributed to the 
improvement, with the benefits of the 
self-help initiatives and the investment 
programmes beginning to be realised. 
In Johnson Tiles South Africa, the strong 
progress in the first half was sustained 
resulting in a Sterling underlying operating 
profit for the year. In TAL, another year of 
double digit constant currency revenue 
growth and manufacturing efficiency 
improvements helped deliver an improved 
financial performance, and in Tile Africa, 
the benefits of the new CX store format 
and logistics improvements contributed 
to a much improved retail performance.

Group underlying operating profit at 
£21.3m (2015: £17.0m) was 25.7% higher than 
prior year, with Group underlying operating 
margins also substantially ahead of last year 
at 9.0% (2015: 7.6%). Underlying operating cash 
remained strong at £20.4m (2015: £22.9m) 
although cash conversion was lower than last 
year reflecting working capital investment in a 
number of our businesses. Acquisition related 
outflows of £23.6m resulted in closing net 
debt of £32.5m (2015: £14.2m), and pro-forma 
leverage of 1.2 times EBITDA (2015: 0.6 times). 
The Group is in a sound financial position with 

funding available through a £100m unsecured 
debt facility (including a £30m accordion) 
until July 2019. This leaves the Group 
well positioned to respond to further 
opportunities as they arise.

Strategy
As previously reported, the Board has three 
strategic targets: to double Group revenue to 
£420m by 2018; to maintain revenue derived 
outside of the UK at approximately 50% of 
Group revenue; and to sustain a pre-tax return 
on underlying capital employed of 12% to 
15% over the economic cycle. We remain 
committed to these targets and have made 
good progress towards achieving them 
in the year.

In pursuit of its growth strategy the Group has 
acquired three material and complementary 
businesses in the last three years. Vado, which 
was acquired in March 2013, has been an 
outstanding success with revenue growth 
of 9.7% p.a. and underlying operating profits 
growing 22.6% p.a. since acquisition. Croydex, 
acquired in June 2015, has also performed 
strongly with revenue and underlying profits in 
line with our expectations and demonstrating 
strong like for like growth. Both Vado and 
Croydex also strongly contributed towards 
the Group achieving an underlying return 
on capital employed of 18.3% which is ahead 
of our Group target. We have achieved 
meaningful revenue and procurement 
synergies benefiting the performance 
of the Vado business and we are pursuing 
a series of similar programmes with the 
Croydex and Abode businesses. The recently 
acquired businesses have similar operating 
characteristics and provide a compelling fit 
with our current portfolio and the Group’s 
strategy. Croydex and Abode collectively 
will add c. £33m to Group revenue on 
an annualised basis and, like Vado, will 
enhance earnings, complement our 
existing businesses, and provide good 
growth prospects. 

Overview
Following another year of solid progress, 
Group revenue for the year increased by 
6.3% to £235.9m (2015: £222.1m) and by 
11.0% on a constant currency basis.

The UK market has continued to be mixed, 
with new house build and housing transactions 
remaining robust, but with a noticeable 
slowdown in public sector spending during 
the second half of the year as government 
spending cuts began to bite. Furthermore 
fragile consumer confidence and specific 
sector challenges impacted performance in 
the DIY retail channel. UK revenue for the 
year at £163.0m (2015: £149.1m) was 9.3% 
ahead of the prior year and 2.2% lower on a 
like for like basis excluding the contribution 
from the Croydex business. The like for like 
decline reflected a more challenging trading 
environment in the DIY retail channel 
driving lower revenue in both Triton and 
Johnson Tiles. This offset strong revenue 
growth at Vado and Norcros Adhesives. 
Notwithstanding the mixed market, UK 
underlying operating profit for the year 
was 25.3% higher than the prior year at 
£17.2m (2015: £13.8m) with operating 
margins significantly ahead at 10.6% 
(2015: 9.2%). This strong improvement 
in profitability in the year reflected the first 
time contribution from Croydex, a return to 
profitability at Johnson Tiles, largely reflecting 

On a Sterling reported basis, Group 
revenue derived outside of the UK 
was 41.6% (2015: 44.6%). Our progress 
in relation to this strategic target has been 
impacted by the significant depreciation 
of the Rand/Sterling exchange rate since 
the objective was established. However, 
expressed in constant currency, we have 
achieved our target this year at 50% and 
remain committed to growing our current 
overseas markets and developing new ones 
to support this important strategic intent.

Our track record in acquiring attractive 
businesses in our chosen sectors and 
geographies, together with the increased 
resources committed to our growth 
objectives, our well developed pipeline 
of opportunities, combined with our strong 
financial position, gives me confidence that 
we will continue to execute this strategy. 
Whilst organic Sterling revenue growth 
has been held back by a weakening Rand, 
I am encouraged by the organic growth 
opportunities in our existing businesses 
including the synergy opportunities 
available to the enlarged Group.

Summary and outlook
The Group has made good progress towards 
its strategic targets during the year. Whilst the 
outlook for the market in the UK is somewhat 
variable in the short term, with general 
uncertainty caused by the UK’s EU referendum 
exacerbated by challenges in our DIY retail 
sector, improved RMI spend and increased 
housebuilding activity in the medium term 
should benefit the Group with good growth 
opportunities. Our South African businesses 
have continued to perform strongly, and, 
despite recent political and economic 
concerns, the medium-term outlook in 
South Africa remains positive, providing 
opportunities for the Group to gain added 
momentum. With our leading market 
positions, portfolio of strong brands, 
continued new product investment and 
self-help initiatives focused on market share 
gain, the Board remains confident that the 
Group should continue to make further 
progress for the year ending 31 March 2017.

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive

14 June 2016

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

07

Geo basin mixer in bright 
nickel from Vado’s 
Individual range.

CASE STUDY

LONDON 
DOCK PROJECT 

THE CHALLENGE

The aim was to supply bathroom brassware suitable for London 
Dock, an impressive development situated just a short walk away 
from Tower Bridge and the City. Ranging from £870,000 to £3.5m, 
the two- and three-bedroom luxury apartments were to be fitted 
out to an exceptionally high standard.

THE SOLUTION

The developers, St. George, part of the Berkeley Group, chose 
Vado’s Geo basin mixers, Notion shower valves and Aquablade 
shower heads along with a number of additional Vado products as 
the most appropriate match for the development’s stylish bathrooms. 
Products from Vado’s new Individual range of special finishes were 
also specified. Over £135,000 worth of Vado brassware was fitted 
in the first phase of construction with over £1m worth required 
to complete the development.

THE RESULT

Phase one of London Dock includes Admirals Wharf. With Vado’s 
brassware perfectly complementing the building’s stunning marble 
interiors, it’s an impressive start to the large development. With 
the majority of the apartments sold before construction has even 
been completed, it is already clear London Dock is going to be a 
resounding success for both St. George and Vado.

08

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

BUSINESS MODEL

Consistent standards.
Considerable resources.

We have a long, successful track record of serving consumers, architects, designers, retailers and wholesalers. 

Our emphasis is on innovation, quality and service. We base our business on understanding our customers’ needs. 

Norcros is a substantial Group with consistent, high quality standards and considerable resources. We invest 

significantly and continuously in our people, product development and processes and we aim to develop our 

business in both the quality of our products and the scale of our activities.

MAXIMISING SHAREHOLDER VALUE  
THROUGH CONTINUOUS INVESTMENT 

Processes

People

Product

CONTINUOUS INVESTMENT

WE SERVE CONSUMERS, ARCHITECTS, DESIGNERS, 
RETAILERS AND WHOLESALERS ACROSS THE GLOBE

Wide product range 

Trusted quality 

Strong brands 

Outstanding service 

We offer a “one-stop 
shop” of showering, 
bathroom and kitchen 
taps, sinks, bathroom 
accessories, tiles and 
fixing solutions

Leveraging our 
established positions, 
we have a reputation for 
innovation and leading 
edge technical capability

Operating in the UK and 
South Africa, many of 
our brands are household 
names and hold market 
leading positions

We offer outstanding 
customer service, 
bespoke solutions 
and unrivalled 
technical support

Absolute Artisan is a range of Porcelain floor 
and wall tiles that come in four sizes along with 
mosaic and skirting options. Artisan products 
mimic the nature of woodgrain showing a 
brushed oak panel surface. 

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

09

STRATEGIC REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF NORCROS PLC

The Strategic Report provides a review of the business 
for the financial year and describes how we manage risks.

The report outlines the developments and performance of 
the Group during the financial year, explains the position 
at the end of the year and discusses the main trends and 
factors that could affect the business in the future.

Approval
The Group Strategic Report on pages 8 to 29 of Norcros plc 
was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Key performance indicators are published to show the 
performance and position of the Group. Also provided 
is an outline of the Group’s strategy and objectives, 
along with the business model.

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive

14 June 2016

STRATEGY AND OBJECTIVES

A focused growth strategy and strong results

OUR STRATEGY:

product development

up the size of the Group organically and by acquisition

1 Pursue a faster and focused growth strategy to scale 
2 Maintain investment in our strong brands and new 
3 Leverage revenue synergies within our portfolio 
4 Target acquisitions in complementary markets  
5 Continue to ensure high standards of corporate 

with attractive returns on capital

governance and responsibility

of complementary businesses

OUR STRATEGIC 
TARGETS:

Grow Group revenue to £420m by 2018

Maintain approximately 50% of Group revenue derived 
outside the UK

Achieve a sustainable underlying return on capital 
employed of 12–15%

About our strategy 
The Board believes the execution of this strategy will enhance shareholder value.

Organic growth will continue to be driven by capitalising 
on our leading market positions in the UK and South 
Africa. Our strategic initiatives will ensure we maintain 
the provision of innovative new product programmes, 
excellent customer service and investment in our brand 
portfolio. We will also reinforce our “designed in Britain” 
credentials as well as capture the growth opportunities 
in South Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa and the Middle East, 
where medium-term growth rates are likely to be higher 
than the more developed markets. We will continue 
to drive faster revenue growth in our existing export 
markets and develop new emerging export opportunities.

Acquisitions will be targeted at complementary market and 
industry segments exhibiting attractive returns on capital 
which are likely to be bathroom and kitchen products with 
exposure to commercial and specification segments. 
The acquisitions of Croydex in June 2015 and Abode in 
March 2016 represented further steps in this approach.

10

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

MEASURING OUR PROGRESS

We use the following key performance indicators (KPIs) 
to measure our progress against our strategic priorities.

Total revenue (£m)

£235.9m
+6.3%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

235.9

275.3*

222.1

218.7

200.4

190.8

Definition
Reported Group revenue for the year 
which excludes discontinued operations.

Performance
Total revenue for the year increased 
by £13.8m (6.3%), 11.0% on a constant 
currency basis, and 2.9% on a constant 
currency like for like basis. UK revenues 
increased by 9.3% but declined 2.2% 
on a like for like basis. South African 
revenues were in line with the prior 
year and rose by 15.0% on a constant 
currency basis.

Group revenue outside 
the UK (%)

41.6%
-3.0%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

41.6

50.0*

44.6

44.9

45.3

46.5

Definition
Revenue from the Group’s South African 
operating segment plus export revenue 
from the Group’s UK operating segment.

Performance
Group revenue outside the UK declined 
in the year to 41.6% due principally to 
the acquisition of the predominantly 
UK focused Croydex business and 
the translation impact of the weaker 
South African Rand.

*  When the strategic target to grow Group revenue to £420m by 2018 was 

*  When the strategic target to maintain approximately 50% of Group 

first established in the year ended 31 March 2013, the Rand/Sterling average 
exchange rate was 13.37, compared to the average Rand/Sterling exchange 
rate for the year ended 31 March 2016 of 20.50. In order to demonstrate 
the underlying constant currency revenue growth over that period, 
Group revenue for the year ended 31 March 2016 has been recalculated 
as if the exchange rate had remained constant, and on that basis would 
have been £39.4m higher at £275.3m.

revenue derived outside of the UK was first established in the year ended 
31 March 2013, the Rand/Sterling average exchange rate for that year was 
13.37, compared to the average Rand/Sterling exchange rate for the year 
ended 31 March 2016 of 20.50. In order to demonstrate the underlying 
progress over that period, the share of Group revenue derived outside of the 
UK for the year ended 31 March 2016 has been recalculated as if the exchange 
rate had remained constant, and on that basis would have been 50.0%.

Underlying operating 
profit (£m)

£21.3m
+25.7%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

21.3

24.4*

17.0

16.1

12.8

12.0

Definition
Reported operating profit as adjusted for 
IAS 19R administrative expenses, acquisition 
related costs and exceptional operating 
items, as defined in note 8 to the 
financial statements.

Performance
Underlying operating profit increased 
by £4.3m (+25.7%) principally reflecting 
an improved performance in Johnson 
Tiles UK, good progress at Vado, continued 
improvement in the Group’s South African 
operating segment, and a nine-month 
contribution from Croydex since it 
was acquired.

Underlying return on 
capital employed (%)

18.3%
+12.3%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

18.3

16.3

15.0

12.6

12.3

Definition
Underlying operating profit expressed as a 
percentage of the average of opening and 
closing underlying capital employed (as 
defined in note 8 to the  
financial statements).

Performance
Underlying ROCE increased by 12.3% or by 
200 basis points in the year to 18.3% from 
16.3% due to improved profitability.

*  In the year ended 31 March 2013, the Rand/Sterling average exchange 

rate was 13.37, compared to the average Rand/Sterling exchange rate for the 
year ended 31 March 2016 of 20.50. In order to demonstrate the underlying 
progress in profitability in constant currency terms over that period, Group 
underlying operating profit for the year ended 31 March 2016 has been 
recalculated as if the exchange rate had remained constant, and on 
that basis would have been £3.1m higher at £24.4m.

Dividends per share (p)

6.6p
+17.9%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

6.6

5.6

5.1

4.6

4.2

Definition
The total of the interim dividend and the 
proposed final dividend for the financial 
year. Prior year figures have been restated 
to reflect the 10:1 share consolidation 
completed on 29 September 2015.

Performance
In line with the Board’s progressive dividend 
policy the dividends per share increased 
17.9% to 6.6p per share from 5.6p per share.

Underlying operating 
cash flow (£m)

£20.4m
-10.9%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

20.4

22.9

20.3

10.8

18.1

Definition
Cash generated from continuing operations 
as adjusted for cash flows from exceptional 
items and pension fund deficit recovery 
contributions, as defined in note 8 to 
the financial statements.

Performance
Underlying operating cash generation 
remained strong at £20.4m, £2.5m 
lower than the prior year, reflecting 
increased profitability and investment 
in working capital.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

11

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

Norcros has made significant progress during 
the year, recording a seventh consecutive year 
of revenue and underlying operating profit 
growth. A summary of our key financials 
can be found below.

Revenue

Operating profit

IAS 19R administrative expenses

Acquisition related costs

Exceptional operating items

Underlying operating profit

Revenue – UK

Revenue – South Africa

Revenue – Group

Underlying operating profit – UK

Underlying operating profit – South Africa

Underlying operating profit – Group

Underlying operating profit margin – UK

Underlying operating profit margin – South Africa

Underlying operating profit margin – Group

Underlying operating profit

Depreciation

Underlying EBITDA

Net working capital movement

Share-based payments

Other non-cash items

Underlying operating cash flow

2016
£m

235.9

16.7

1.7

5.2

(2.3)

21.3

2016
£m

163.0

72.9

235.9

17.2

4.1

21.3

10.6%

5.6%

9.0%

2016
£m

21.3

5.5

26.8

(7.7)

1.2

0.1

20.4

2015
£m

222.1

10.6

1.7

2.2

2.5

17.0

2015
£m

149.1

73.0

222.1

13.8

3.2

17.0

9.2%

4.4%

7.6%

2015
£m

17.0

6.0

23.0

(1.5)

1.3

0.1

22.9

12

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

UK BUSINESS REVIEW

A return to profit at Johnson Tiles, together with 
the continued strong progress at Vado and the first 
time contribution from Croydex, all contributed 
to a substantial improvement in profitability.

HIGHLIGHTS 2016

Share of Group revenue

£163.0m

69% share of  
total Group

UK revenue (£m)

£163.0m

+9.3%

69+

148.0

149.1

116.8

4.1

59.1

122.8

4.4

67.3

53.6

51.1

5.3

61.7

29.1

51.9

6.8

59.7

30.5

52.1

163.0

8.0

54.1

17.2
33.1

50.6

12

13

14

15

16

Triton

Vado

Croydex

Johnson Tiles

Norcros Adhesives

Total

In the UK, revenue increased in the year by 
9.3% to £163.0m (2015: £149.1m). This includes 
a nine-month contribution of £17.2m from 
our newly acquired Croydex business, leaving 
UK like for like revenue 2.2% lower than 
prior year. The results do not include any 
contribution from the Abode business, 
which was acquired on 31 March 2016. 
Continued progress in Vado and another 
strong performance in Norcros Adhesives 
were more than offset by lower revenue in 
Johnson Tiles and Triton. This performance 
reflects the mixed market conditions, with 
gains in our trade and specification markets 
despite significantly reduced public RMI 
spend in the second half and a continued 
challenging environment in some of our 
UK retail channels and export markets. 
Notwithstanding these mixed conditions, 
underlying operating profit increased by 25.3% 
to £17.2m (2015: £13.8m) with margins 
substantially ahead at 10.6% (2015: 9.2%). 
A return to profit at Johnson Tiles following 
abnormal production inefficiencies last 
year, together with the continued strong 
progress at Vado and the first time contribution 
from Croydex, all contributed to this 
substantial improvement in profitability. 

Triton Showers
Revenue at Triton Showers, our market 
leading UK domestic shower business, 
was 2.8% lower at £50.6m (2015: £52.1m). 
Despite an improvement in the UK trade 
sector, performance in the UK DIY market 
segment was weak, leading to the UK 
shower market being quite challenging 
during the last year overall. 

UK revenue was 3.4% lower than the prior 
year. Despite this, new products, such as 
the new thermostatic version of the market 
leading T80 Fast Fit, and continued dedicated 
focus on specification sales together with 
strong marketing and promotional activity 
within the national merchant and electrical 
wholesale sectors helped drive trade revenue 
3.9% higher than the prior year. Retail sector 

31
+
E
revenue was, however, 9.4% lower than the 
prior year reflecting the combined impact 
of aggressive competitor activity, initiatives 
to reduce store numbers and stock holding, 
and a move away from promotional pricing 
strategies to everyday low pricing.

Notwithstanding the challenging DIY 
sector, Triton grew its overall share of the 
branded UK shower market in both the 
electric and mixer shower segments.

After significant growth in the prior year, export 
revenue, which represents approximately 
15% of overall revenue, was 0.8% higher 
compared to the prior year. Growth in new 
overseas markets such as South America 
offset a slight decline in the established Irish 
market. New premium and thermostatic 
electric showers helped drive revenues 
together with the launch of a new low 
pressure electric shower range which 
has enabled entry into the large 
South American markets.

Triton again delivered strong underlying 
operating profits and good cash conversion 
although lower than the prior year, with 
lower revenue and additional marketing 
investment associated with development 
of the South America market holding back 
year on year progression.

Vado
Vado, our leading manufacturer of taps, 
mixer showers, bathroom accessories and 
valves, recorded revenue of £33.1m for the 
period (2015: £30.5m), 8.4% higher than 
the prior year. Excellent progress in the UK, 
particularly in the trade and specification 
sectors of the market, was partly offset 
by more challenging export markets 
in the first half of the year.

UK revenue was 13.7% higher than the 
prior year with strong performance in all 
sectors. UK trade sector revenue grew by 
an impressive 18.5% against the prior year, 
which itself had shown similar growth in 
the prior year. Increasing build programmes 
and share gain within existing housebuilding 
customers together with new contracts 
won with major housebuilders such as 
Miller Homes, CALA Homes and Stewart Milne 
all contributed to this performance. Vado also 
continued to build on its success in the hotel 
sector, achieving a full product listing with 
Hilton Worldwide. UK retail revenue was 
9.8% ahead of last year with the investment in 
sales resource driving greater penetration into 
both new and existing accounts. Vado has 
continued to see good growth with its new 
buying groups and as a mark of its success 
was awarded the supplier of the year 
accolade by the Fortis buying group.

Innoveiro – a new low 
pressure Triton electric 
shower being used in the 
South American markets.

Vado – launch of the 
new Tablet range of 
thermostatic valves.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

13

Export revenue was 2.0% lower than the 
prior year although encouragingly revenue 
in the second half of the year was 2.9% 
higher than the same period last year. Vado 
took back direct control of distribution of 
its PEX range of products in the Middle East 
in order to better service its end customers. 
Although this caused some disruption in 
the early part of the year as the previous 
distributor de-stocked, direct shipments 
commenced towards the end of the year. 
More generally, currency fluctuations and 
lack of liquidity in some African markets 
also held back progress. 

Work on realising synergies with other 
Group companies has progressed well and 
of particular note is the utilisation of Triton’s 
existing network of service engineers who 
are now able to also service Vado customers. 
Operationally Vado expanded warehousing 
capacity to cope with the strong revenue 
growth it has experienced in the year.

Underlying operating profit was in line 
with expectations and ahead of last year.

Croydex
Croydex, our market leading, innovative 
designer, manufacturer and distributor 
of high quality bathroom furnishings and 
accessories, recorded revenue of £17.2m 
for the nine months since acquisition 
in June 2015, in line with the Board’s 
expectations. For the twelve-month 
period to 31 March 2016, including 
the relevant periods prior to Norcros 
ownership, Croydex grew revenue 
by 6.5% compared to the prior year. 

UK revenue was 4.1% higher compared 
to the prior year, with retail sector revenue 
4.7% ahead and trade sector revenue 2.8% 
higher. Export revenue, which accounts for 
5% of revenue doubled in the year, with 
new listings in Germany and the USA. 

The key to success in the business is the 
sustained focus on new product introductions 
ensuring the range is refreshed and 
innovative. During the year a number 
of new product ranges were launched 
spanning branded and customer bespoke 
variants. New category entrants in toilet 
flushing and fill valves position Croydex 
into the replacement plumbing parts 
sector, adding to the water economy 
products already within the portfolio. 
There has been further development of 
existing IP protected technologies, FlexiFix 
and StickNLock, to extend the features 
of these technologies to new categories 
including StickNLock shower rods, FlexiFix 
shower baskets and slide bar kits. 

14

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

UK BUSINESS REVIEW CONTINUED

Croydex continued
These new product developments have 
already gained additional customer listings 
in both UK and export markets. As part 
of our programme to reduce water 
consumption additional water saving 
products have been introduced into the 
shower range and higher visibility of the 
Water Label has been included on packaging 
to help customers and consumers make 
informed choices on water efficient products.

Investment in a new website, of which phase 
one has gone live, together with several 
digital enhancement initiatives to support 
our key customers’ and trading partners’ 
digital objectives, will roll out during 2016.

The business has been successfully integrated 
into the Norcros Group and is working with 
other Group companies to drive synergy 
benefits, particularly around joint sourcing 
opportunities and specification leads.

Underlying operating profit performance 
was excellent and ahead of last year, with 
strong cash conversion. 

Johnson Tiles
Johnson Tiles, the UK market leading ceramic 
tile manufacturer and a market leader in the 
supply of both own manufactured and 
imported tiles, recorded revenue 9.4% 
lower at £54.1m (2015: £59.7m). 

UK revenue was 7.8% lower overall, largely 
driven by a weak performance in the DIY 

retail sector which broadly reflected the 
same issues in this channel as experienced 
by Triton. Consequently, UK retail revenue 
was 12.5% lower than the prior year. 
Notwithstanding this we continued to make 
good progress in the specialist tile retail 
channel with customers such as Topps 
Tiles, where we have enjoyed notable 
success with a number of new ranges.

UK trade sector revenue was 2.6% lower 
than the prior year, although excluding the 
one-off WW1 commemorative poppies 
project revenue in the prior year, revenue 
was 0.5% higher. Performance reflected a 
marked slowdown in the social housing 
refurbishment market in the second half 
of the year which was exacerbated by 
distributor de-stocking as they also 
experienced the effect of this slowing. 
Despite this, Johnson Tiles continues to 
be the number one ceramic tile provider 
in this sector and continues to supply both 
private and public sector contracts such 
as Trafalgar Place at Elephant and Castle, 
Mercure London Bridge Hotel, Holiday Inn 
in Manchester and the refurbishment of the 
Olympic Stadium for West Ham United FC. 

Export revenue, which represents approximately 
11% of overall revenue, was 20.2% lower than 
the prior year, driven by a combination of 
a very strong prior year comparative in 
Leroy Merlin in France and a significant 
slowdown in the French market which 
affected Leroy Merlin’s own sales. Export 
revenue excluding France was in line 
with the prior year.

It is encouraging to report that the improved 
manufacturing performance in the last two 
months of the prior year following significant 
efficiency issues noted in last year’s report 
was sustained throughout this year. This 
was the key contributor to a significantly 
improved financial performance, bringing 
Johnson Tiles back into underlying operating 
profit in the year and reversing the small 
underlying operating loss recorded last year.

Croydex’s best seller 
hook over wire storage.

Norcros Adhesives
Norcros Adhesives, our UK manufacturer 
and supplier of tile and stone adhesives and 
ancillary products, achieved further revenue 
growth and maintained the strong momentum 
of previous years with revenue 18.5% higher 
than the prior year at £8.0m (2015: £6.8m). 

UK trade sector revenue grew significantly 
in the year, reflecting further penetration of 
key specialist tile distributors and fixing 
contractors together with a number of 
smaller retail accounts that are now 
serviced through distribution. 

There has been investment in a small 
sales operation and legal entity in Dubai 
which has been established during the 
year to better exploit growth opportunities 
in the Middle East market. A product 
range sourced from a local manufacturer 
using our technical know-how has been 
developed. Revenue traction is gaining 
momentum as we have secured a number 
of specifications for large commercial 
projects in the region (e.g. Lapita Hotel, 
Bulgari Resort). Turnover is expected 
to grow as specification wins convert to 
invoiced revenue. The business is working 
closely with both Johnson Tiles and Vado 
with the objective of achieving joint 
specifications throughout the region. 

Our product development activity has 
been sustained with focus on a new 
range of levelling products for both the 
domestic and Middle East markets. In 
the UK, a fast track levelling system was 
launched, Pro 30 Fast Track Eco, which 
can be tiled on after 45 minutes. This 
product also benefits from the inclusion 
of recycled glass within its composition 
to partially replace quarried sand, 
reinforcing Norcros Adhesives’ 
environmental credentials.

Another year of strong revenue growth 
and improved operational efficiencies in 
the UK has resulted in higher underlying 
operating profits in the UK, although 
revenue investment in the Middle East 
operation left overall underlying operating 
profit for the business in line with the 
prior year.

800 Forget-Me-Nots created by 
Johnson Tiles for St Columba’s 
Hospice, Edinburgh, as part of 
its new Tribute Funds initiative.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

15

CASE STUDY

PLAYING AN ACTIVE ROLE 
IN GYM TILE INSTALLATION

THE CHALLENGE

High traffic, heat, wet conditions, cleaning agents as well 
as building and thermal tile movements all played a role 
and we had to accommodate these conditions accordingly 
for a successful installation.

THE SOLUTION

TAL Goldflex, a flexible water-resistant rapid-setting adhesive, 
was specified for tiling onto waterproofing compounds 
in the wet areas. In the steam room and shower areas, vivid 
red mosaics were installed on feature walls. As the bonding 
and grouting of mosaics should be done in one operation 
to ensure a sound bond, TAL Epoxy Adhesive & Grout was 
specified to ensure an impervious, hygienic finish. For the 
suspended slabs, TAL Bond latex additive was added to 
the cementitious adhesives and grout to enhance the bond 
strength, flexibility and water resistance of the installation.

THE RESULT

The TAL products used in this project ensured a durable 
and hygienic end result, as these are extremely important for a 
premier gym such as the Virgin Active in Waterfall Estate, Midrand. 

TAL Industrial Fine Epoxy Grout for wet 
areas was used with vivid red mosaics on 
the feature walls of high moisture areas. 

152 mm x 615 mm wood-effect textured 
porcelain tiles were used for floor tiling in 
the pool hall. These textured tiles provide a 
non-slip finish, making them ideal for use in 
wet areas when installed with TAL Goldflex.

TAL Industrial Fine Epoxy Grout offers an 
impervious finish and is therefore ideal for 
installations where durability and hygienic 
conditions are extremely important such 
as in the changing rooms.

TAL Goldflex, a flexible water-resistant 
rapid-setting adhesive, was specified for 
tiling onto waterproofing compounds in 
the wet areas, such as the steam room, 
sauna and showers.

16

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

SOUTH AFRICA BUSINESS REVIEW

Investment in machinery, store upgrades and 
product development has led to considerable 
year on year growth in revenue and underlying 
operating profit.

HIGHLIGHTS 2016

Share of Group revenue

31% share of  

£72.9m

total Group 69+

South Africa revenue (£m)

£72.9m

74.0

8.2

47.7

18.1

12

77.6

11.3

46.9

19.4

13

70.7

10.6

43.0

17.1

14

73.0

10.3

45.5

17.2

15

72.9

9.8

45.2

17.9

16

South Africa revenue (ZAR m)

ZAR 1,496m

+15.0%

1,496

202

927

1,300

184

810

1,037

152

626

1,130

168

688

259

13

274

14

306

15

367

16

868

96

560

212
12

TAL

Tile Africa

Johnson Tiles South Africa

Total

Our South African business recorded its 
second successive year of double digit 
constant currency growth with revenue 
15.0% higher than last year. The Rand 
depreciated against Sterling during the 
year with the average exchange rate 
for the year 15.0% weaker at ZAR 20.50 
(2015: ZAR 17.82), resulting in full year 
reported revenue broadly in line with prior 
year at £72.9m (2015: £73.0m). Underlying 
operating profit for the year improved by 
27.8% to £4.1m (2015: £3.2m) despite the 
weaker Rand adversely impacting Sterling 
reported profits by approximately £0.6m, 
representing a return on sales of 5.6% 
(2015: 4.4%), a substantial increase on 
last year. 

Johnson Tiles South Africa
Johnson Tiles South Africa, our tile 
manufacturing business in South Africa, 
sustained its turnaround, building on last 
year’s break-even performance, by recording 
its first Sterling underlying operating profit 
since the change programme was launched 
in 2012. This was despite some disruption 
from electricity load shedding in the early 
part of the year. 

Independent sector revenue grew 9.6% in 
the year on a constant currency basis, albeit 
4.6% lower on a Sterling reported basis at 
£9.8m (2015: £10.3m). The full year benefits 
of the new inkjet ranges launched in the 
prior year contributed to this performance, 
combined with margin improvements 
through a higher value added product mix 
and particularly encouraging growth in our 
newly launched rectangular formats. 

The business is now operating at near full 
capacity and, with future growth in demand 
still forecast, capacity expansion options 
are being considered which will require 
significant capital investment in this business.

31
+
E
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

17

Our South African 
business recorded 
its second successive 
year of double digit 
constant currency 
revenue growth.”

Revenue growth was encouraging in both the 
retail and commercial divisions. Retail growth 
was driven by the improved consistency of 
our offer as we continued to invest in both 
our supply chain and store presentation. Our 
new CX store model has been well received 
and key learnings are being retrofitted across 
our existing estate. Particularly pleasing 
was the growth in our bathroomware sales 
category, which grew in excess of 20% after 
the launch of our new store-within-a-store 
concept, as well as our directly sourced 
private label Evox brassware range, made 
possible by Vado’s supply chain infrastructure 
in China. Our contracts business continued 
to benefit from a clearly directed strategy 
and improved range offering and has 
consolidated a market leading position 
in the fast food and retail segments.

A new store at Boksburg was opened in 
March 2016, meaning the business now has 
30 owned stores, of which 26 have been 
upgraded to date, and four franchise stores. 
A further new store is expected to open in 
Southgate in the second half of the current 
year, and further selected store opening 
opportunities are currently being evaluated.

Sterling underlying profit showed good 
progress and was ahead of last year.

TAL
TAL, our market leading adhesives business 
in South Africa, delivered a second successive 
year of double digit constant currency growth 
with constant currency independent sector 
revenue increasing 19.9% compared to prior 
year or 4.2% on a reported Sterling basis to 
£17.9m (2015: £17.2m). This strong revenue 
growth reflected both market share gain in 
the domestic market as well as strong 
growth in exports to Sub-Saharan Africa 
with export revenue outside of South Africa 
now accounting for 16.8% of independent 
sector revenue.

The business has continued to invest in 
manufacturing equipment and skills in order 
to support growth and drive efficiencies. 
Ongoing investment in these two areas, 
together with excellent work in our supply 
chain, helped offset some of the higher 
imported raw material costs experienced 
in the year. 

Sterling underlying operating profit for the 
year was ahead of last year with good cash 
conversion in the business. 

Tile Africa
Tile Africa, our leading retailer of wall and 
floor tiles, adhesives, showers, sanitaryware 
and bathroom fittings, also delivered its 
second successive year of double digit 
constant currency growth with revenue 
14.4% higher on a constant currency basis, 
albeit 0.5% lower on a Sterling reported 
basis to £45.2m (2015: £45.5m). 

Tile Africa’s 
“store within 
a store” format, 
first introduced in 
Garsfontein and 
since in Alberton 
and Boksburg.

18

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR’S REPORT

Underlying profit before tax was £20.4m 
(2015: £15.8m), reflecting increased underlying 
operating profit of £4.3m and lower bank 
interest payable of £0.3m.”

Financial overview

Continuing operations

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

IAS 19R administrative costs

Acquisition related costs

Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Net finance (costs)/income

Exceptional finance costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

2016
£m

235.9

21.3

(1.7)

(5.2)

2.3

16.7

(1.3)

 —

15.4

(2.4)

13.0

—

13.0

2015
£m

222.1

17.0

(1.7)

(2.2)

(2.5)

10.6

0.8

(0.4)

11.0

(2.9)

8.1

0.1

8.2

Revenue
Group revenue at £235.9m (2015: £222.1m) 
increased by 6.3% on a reported basis, 
11.0% on a constant currency basis and 
2.9% on a constant currency like for like 
basis excluding Croydex, which was 
acquired in June 2015.

Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit increased by 
25.7% to £21.3m (2015: £17.0m). Our UK 
businesses delivered underlying operating 
profit of £17.2m (2015: £13.8m), and our 
South African businesses generated an 
underlying operating profit of £4.1m 

(2015: £3.2m). On a constant currency 
basis the improvement in underlying 
operating profit in the South African 
businesses was £1.5m. Group underlying 
operating profit margins improved to 9.0% 
(2015: 7.6%).

IAS 19R administrative costs
These costs represent the costs incurred 
by the Trustee of administering the UK 
pension schemes and are reflected in the 
Income Statement under IAS 19R. Costs 
of £1.7m (2015: £1.7m) are in line with 
the prior year.

SUMMARY

 — Group revenue increased by 6.3% 

to £235.9m (2015: £222.1m)

 — Group underlying operating profit of 
£21.3m was 25.7% ahead of prior year

 — Group profit before tax of £15.4m 
was 40.2% ahead of prior year

 — Group underlying profit before tax of 
£20.4m was 29.1% ahead of prior year

 — Underlying diluted earnings per share 

increased by 31.8%

 — Group underlying return on capital 
employed was 18.3% (2015: 16.3%)

 — Net debt at £32.5m represents 1.2 times 

pro-forma EBITDA

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

19

The legal claim relating to the land at the 
Highgate site in Tunstall, UK, was settled in 
the year. Under the terms of the settlement 
with Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc, the 
Group received a payment of £2.0m. Costs 
in connection with the claim of £0.1m were 
incurred in the year (2015: £0.3m). In 2015 
the Group undertook a number of liability 
management exercises in connection with 
its principal UK defined benefit pension 
scheme. The net impact of these exercises 
in 2015 was to reduce the net deficit by £1.7m 
with a further £0.4m reduction arising in 
2016 (see note 23 to the Group accounts). 

Operating profit for the year was £16.7m 
(2015: £10.6m).

Net finance (costs)/income 
and exceptional finance costs
Net finance costs for the year of £1.3m 
(2015: £0.8m income) rose mainly due to 
the £2.1m change relating to the movement 
on fair value of foreign exchange contracts. 
Bank interest payable of £0.9m (2015: £1.2m) 
was lower than last year and reflects the lower 
interest margins agreed as part of the new 
banking facility completed in July 2014.

The Group has recognised a £1.4m interest 
cost in respect of the pension scheme 
liability (2015: £1.1m) which increased 
by £0.3m principally due to the higher 
opening liability.

Acquisition related costs
A cost of £5.2m (2015: £2.2m) has been recognised in the year and is analysed as follows: 

Deferred remuneration

Intangible asset amortisation

Staff costs and advisory fees

2016
£m

2.5

0.9

1.8

5.2

2015
£m

1.1

0.3

0.8

2.2

In accordance with IFRS 3R, a proportion of deferred consideration payable to the former 
shareholders of Vado and Croydex is required to be treated as remuneration and, accordingly, 
is expensed to the Income Statement as incurred. Included in the amount for the year to 
31 March 2016 is the final charge for deferred remuneration in connection with the Vado 
acquisition. Non-cash amortisation charges in respect of intangible assets increased by 
£0.6m following the acquisition of Croydex in June 2015. Staff costs and advisory fees 
increased by £1.0m in the year, of which £0.8m and £0.2m were in connection with the 
acquisitions of Croydex and Abode respectively.

Exceptional operating items
A net exceptional operating credit of £2.3m (2015: £2.5m charge) was recorded as 
analysed in the table below. These are items of expense or income which arose from 
transactions which occurred outside of the Group’s normal operations. 

2016
£m

(1.9)

(0.4)

—

—

—

—

(2.3)

2015
£m

0.3

(1.7)

(0.4)

2.5

1.5

0.3

2.5

Legal claim

Pension scheme settlement gain

Profit on disposal of residual property

Sheffield lease surrender

Loss on disposal of property portfolio

Restructuring costs

Johnson Tiles – 
tile reproduction 
of William Morris’ 
original drawing, 
alongside ceramic 
artist Clare Twomey.

20

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

The Board is recommending a final dividend 
of 4.4p which would make a total dividend 
of 6.6p in respect of the year to 31 March 2016, 
an increase of 17.9%.

Profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax was £20.4m (2015: £15.8m), reflecting the increased underlying 
operating profit of £4.3m noted earlier and the £0.3m lower bank interest payable. Underlying 
profit before tax is reconciled as shown below:

Profit before taxation from continuing operations

Adjusted for:

– IAS 19R administrative expenses

– acquisition related costs

– exceptional operating items

– amortisation of costs of raising finance

– amortisation of costs of raising finance – exceptional

– net movement on fair value of derivative financial instruments

– discount on property lease provisions

– IAS 19R finance cost

Underlying profit before taxation

2016
£m

15.4

1.7

5.2

(2.3)

0.2

— 

(1.2)

—

1.4

20.4

2015
£m

11.0

1.7

2.2

2.5

0.1

0.4

(3.3)

0.1

1.1

15.8

The Group reported profit before tax of £15.4m (2015: £11.0m).

Taxation
The tax charge for the year of £2.4m 
(2015: £2.9m) represents an effective tax 
rate for the year of 15.5% (2015: 26.6%). 
A further restructuring of the financing of 
our South African operations crystallised 
the remaining foreign exchange losses on 
historic intra-Group loans, which, whilst 
eliminated on consolidation, gave rise 
to a tax benefit in the UK which had not 
previously been recognised as a deferred 
tax asset. The effect of this was to reduce 
the tax charge in the year by £1.4m. Adjusting 
for this, the tax rate would have been 24.5%, 

more in line with the prior year and in line 
with expectations taking into account the 
geographic mix of profits and permanent 
differences. The standard rate of UK 
corporation tax reduced to 20% from 
1 April 2015. In South Africa the standard 
rate of tax is 28%, unchanged from 2015.

Profit from discontinued operations
On 30 May 2014, the Company completed 
a transaction to dispose of 100% of the issued 
share capital of Norcros Industry (Pty) Limited 
(NIPL), which owned its Australian tiles 
business, to Kim Hin Industries Berhad (KHIB).

Following the completion of the transaction 
a small profit of £0.1m was recognised in 
the year to 31 March 2015. Further details 
are provided in note 29 to the financial 
statements. There were no financial 
impacts from these discontinued 
operations in the year to 31 March 2016.

Restatement of prior year results
On 29 September 2015 the Company 
undertook an exercise to consolidate its 
existing 1p ordinary shares into new 
10p ordinary shares, and the new shares 
began to be traded on the London Stock 
Exchange on 30 September. Prior year 
share information has been restated to 
adjust for this consolidation, so that 
earnings per share and dividends per 
share information can be presented 
on a comparable basis.

Dividends
As previously announced it is the Board’s 
intention to continue a progressive yet 
prudent dividend policy subject to the 
Group’s earnings, cash flow and Balance 
Sheet position. As such the Board is 
recommending a final dividend of 4.4p 
(2015 restated: 3.75p) per share, which, 
if approved, together with the interim 
dividend of 2.2p (2015: 1.85p), makes 
a total dividend of 6.6p (2015: 5.6p) in 
respect of the year ended 31 March 2016.

This final dividend, if approved at the 
Annual General Meeting, will be payable 
on 28 July 2016 to shareholders on the 
register on 24 June 2016. The shares will 
be quoted ex-dividend on 23 June 2016.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

21

The Group’s contributions to its defined 
contribution pension schemes were £2.7m 
(2015: £2.6m).

Cash flow and net debt
Net debt increased by £18.3m in the year 
to £32.5m (2015: £14.2m). A summary of 
the movement in net debt is shown overleaf.

Underlying operating cash flow was £2.5m 
lower than in the prior year at £20.4m, with 
higher operating profits being offset by 
increased working capital. This represents 
cash conversion of 76.1% of underlying 
EBITDA (2015: 99.6%). The Group’s working 
capital outflow was £7.7m (2015: £1.5m), 
principally reflecting investment in 
inventory to support growth in Vado, 
Croydex and South Africa. 

Despite this, net cash generated from 
operating activities was £2.3m higher than 
the previous year at £18.5m, largely due to 
improved cash flows from exceptional items 
and acquisition related costs, with a £1.9m 
inflow from the resolution of the legal dispute 
with Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc 
offsetting cash outflows associated 
with acquisitions.

Balance Sheet
The Group’s Balance Sheet is summarised below.

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangible assets

Deferred tax

Net current assets excluding cash and borrowings

Pension scheme liability

Other non-current assets and liabilities

Cash and borrowings

Net assets

2016
£m

38.2

44.7

10.5

48.7

(55.7)

(6.3)

(32.5)

47.6

2015
£m

37.6

26.9

13.8

37.6

(44.3)

(4.7)

(14.2)

52.7

Property, plant and equipment increased 
by £0.6m overall and included additions 
of £6.2m (2015: £6.9m) and acquisitions 
of £2.0m (2015: £nil). Disposals were £0.1m 
(2015: £0.1m), the depreciation charge was 
£5.5m (2015: £6.0m) and exchange 
differences were £2.0m (2015: £nil).

Deferred tax reduced principally as a result 
of the utilisation of tax losses of £2.2m, 
the reversal of timing differences of £1.2m 
and acquisitions of £0.8m, net of an 
increase attributable to the rise in the 
pension deficit of £1.1m.

Pension schemes
The Group made deficit recovery contributions 
of £2.1m (2015: £2.1m) into its UK defined 
benefit pension scheme during the year as 
part of the 2012 deficit recovery plan.

The gross defined benefit pension scheme 
valuation on the UK scheme showed a 
deficit of £55.7m compared to a deficit 
of £44.3m last year. Although the present 
value of scheme liabilities has reduced 
primarily due to a higher discount rate of 
3.55% (2015: 3.30%), this has been more 
than offset by reduced assets due to lower 
than expected returns, with both equity 
and bond markets performing below 
what was expected.

The plan undertook a number of liability 
management exercises during the prior 
year which resulted in a number of benefits 
being settled and some changes to pension 
increases in payment. A number of further 
settlements took place as a result of that 
exercise in the current year. The net impact 
of these exercises was to reduce the net 
deficit by £0.4m (2015: £1.7m) which has 
been reflected in the Consolidated Income 
Statement as an exceptional operating item.

The March 2015 triennial actuarial valuation 
process for the Group’s UK defined benefit 
pension scheme has now been completed 
and shows a deficit of £73.5m (2012: £61.9m) 
representing an 84% funding level (2012: 85%). 
The increased deficit is driven predominantly 
by historically low gilt yields. A revised 
deficit recovery plan has been agreed 
with the Scheme Trustee, with a cash 
contribution of £2.5m per annum starting 
in April 2016, and increasing with CPI, 
replacing the existing agreement to pay 
£2.1m plus CPI per annum. This is payable 
over the next ten years and thereby provides 
a greater degree of certainty around future 
deficit recovery contributions. 

Johnson Tiles – Attingham 
Seagrass Geometric range. 

Johnson Tiles – Products 
from the Zoo and Notion 
ranges used in a collection of 
homes built in Cambridge. 

22

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

Underlying operating cash flow remained 
strong at £20.4m (2015: £22.9m) although cash 
conversion was lower than last year reflecting 
investment in working capital in a number 
of our businesses.

Cash flow and net debt continued

Underlying operating cash flow

Cash flows from exceptional items and acquisition 
related costs

Pension fund deficit recovery contributions

Cash generated from discontinued operations

Cash flow generated from operations

Net interest paid

Taxation

Net cash generated from operating activities

Capital expenditure

Purchase of investment property

Proceeds from sale of investment property

Acquisitions and disposals

Dividends

Costs of raising debt finance

Issue of share capital

Other items

Movement in net debt

Opening net debt

Closing net debt

2016
£m

20.4

0.2

(2.1)

—

18.5

(0.9)

 (1.0)

16.6

 (6.6)

—

—

(23.6)

 (3.6)

—

0.1

(1.2)

(18.3)

 (14.2)

 (32.5)

Acquisitions and disposals comprise 
outflows of £19.3m and £3.1m in respect 
of the acquisitions of Croydex and Abode 
respectively, together with £1.2m paid to 
the former shareholders of Vado under the 
earn-out arrangement. In the previous year 
it was made up of a £3.8m inflow resulting 
from the sale of NIPL, net of £0.3m deferred 
consideration paid to the former shareholders 
of Vado and the £0.2m cost of acquiring the 
Port Elizabeth franchise store in South Africa.

Capital expenditure at £6.6m (2015: £7.0m) 
included back-up diesel generators at 
Johnson Tiles South Africa to mitigate 
the risk of power outages, and the new 
Boksburg store for Tile Africa and other 
store upgrades, chiefly at Lenasia and 
Witbank. In the UK, there were two new 
selection lines and kiln improvements 
at Johnson Tiles, a new ERP system 
at Norcros Adhesives and continued 
investment in tooling for new products 
at Triton Showers.

Bank funding
In July 2014 the Group agreed an unsecured 
£70m revolving credit facility plus a £30m 
accordion facility with Lloyds Bank plc, 
Barclays Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc. 
The banking facility matures in July 2019. 

2015
£m

22.9

(4.7)

(2.1)

0.1

16.2

(1.3)

 (0.5)

14.4

 (7.0)

(0.9)

6.5

3.3

 (3.1)

(0.7)

0.2

—

12.7

 (26.9)

 (14.2)

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

23

Foreign currency translation
Pre-tax profits from our overseas operations 
are translated at the average exchange rate 
for the year and balance sheets of these 
operations translated at the closing rate 
of exchange. The table below sets out 
the relevant exchange rates used.

The movement in average exchange 
rates compared to 2015 had the effect 
of reducing 2015 reported Group revenue 
and Group underlying operating profit 
by £9.5m and £0.6m respectively.

Key performance indicators
Management uses a full suite of measures to 
manage and monitor the performance of its 
individual businesses. The Board considers 
that its key performance indicators are the 
measures most relevant in monitoring its 
progress to creating shareholder value. 
The relevant statistics for 2016 and 2015 
are shown below.

South African Rand

Euro

US Dollar

South African Rand

Euro

US Dollar

Revenue (£m)

Underlying operating profit (£m)*

Underlying profit before tax (£m)

Underlying diluted earnings per share 
(pence) (restated)

Underlying return on capital 
employed (%)**

Underlying operating cash flow (£m)***

Net debt (£m)

2016

235.9

21.3

20.4

27.8

18.3

20.4

(32.5)

Average rate vs £

2016

20.50

1.36

1.51

Closing rate vs £

2016

21.04

1.25

1.42

2015

222.1

17.0

15.8

2015

17.82

1.28

1.62

2015

17.88

1.37

1.49

Change
%

+6.3%

+25.7%

+29.1%

21.1

+31.8%

16.3

22.9

(14.2)

+12.3%

-10.9%

+128.9%

* 

 Underlying operating profit is defined as operating profit before IAS 19R administrative expenses, acquisition 
related costs and exceptional operating items.

** 

 Underlying return on capital employed is defined as underlying operating profit divided by the average of opening 
and closing underlying capital employed. Underlying capital employed is defined in note 8 to the financial statements.

***   Underlying operating cash flow is defined in note 8 to the financial statements.

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

14 June 2016

Vado - launch of the new Tablet 
range of thermostatic valves. 

Principal risks

The Directors confirm they have undertaken 
a robust assessment of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Company, including 
those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
The table opposite sets out the principal risks 
and uncertainties facing the Group at the date 
of this Annual Report and how they are being 
managed or mitigated. The principal risks 
do not comprise all the risks that the Group 
may face and they are not listed in any 
order of priority. 

24

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Identification and 
management of risks

There are a number of potential risks and 
uncertainties which could have a material 
impact on the Group’s performance. The 
Group has procedures in place to identify 
and monitor risks at the appropriate 
level and ensure that suitable mitigating 
actions are developed and put in 
place where possible.

During the year the Board led a ground-up 
evaluation of the risks facing each individual 
business and the Group as a whole. This took 
the form of each business carrying out a 
detailed risk assessment, categorising the risks 
in terms of their likelihood of occurrence and 
potential impact. Each business risk assessment 
was reviewed and challenged by Executive 
Management, following which a Group-wide 
risk assessment was prepared and reviewed 
by the Board. Going forward the divisional 
risk assessments will be reviewed periodically 
throughout the year and a formal annual 
review will be undertaken at Board level.

Johnson Tiles – New Absolute 
range – Palladium in Black Iron. 

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

25

Risk and description

Potential effects

Mitigating actions

Change

None

Market conditions

Demand in our markets 
is dependent on building 
activity and repair, 
maintenance and 
improvement (RMI) 
activity both in the public 
and private sectors. This 
is in turn influenced by 
macroeconomic factors, 
consumer confidence, 
and government spending 
policy. Current uncertainty 
around global economic 
growth and the future of 
the European Union makes 
demand unpredictable and 
there is a risk of market 
conditions deteriorating.

Loss of key customers

Whilst the Group has a 
diverse range of customers 
there are nevertheless 
certain key customers 
who account for high 
levels of revenue. 

If market conditions 
unexpectedly deteriorated, 
demand for our products 
would reduce, impacting 
profitability and cash 
generation.

There are a number of factors that would limit the 
impact on the Group of a deterioration in market 
conditions such as the geographic spread of our 
businesses, a flexible cost base and supply chain, 
and the replacement cycle of a number of our 
key products. 

On an ongoing basis, actions are taken to ensure 
that the Group has the time and ability to react to 
unexpected changes in demand, such as maintaining 
appropriate headroom against its borrowing facilities 
and covenants, maintaining strong controls on working 
capital and capital expenditure, and having disciplined 
planning, budgeting and forecasting processes.

In previous cyclical downturns, management 
has proved effective in responding to such events, 
and it continues to have similar measures available 
to minimise the effects on profitability and cash 
generation should the need arise.

Many of the contractual 
arrangements with 
customers are short term in 
nature (as is common in our 
markets) and there exists 
some risk that the current 
performance of a business 
may not be maintained if 
such contracts were not 
renewed or extended, or 
were maintained at lower 
volumes due to a decline 
in economic activity.

The importance of relationships with key customers is 
recognised and managed by senior personnel within 
the Group who have direct and regular access to their 
counterparts at the highest levels of management.

None

Rebate schemes and incentive programmes help 
maintain these key relationships in a competitive 
market situation.

The Group stresses key selling points such as continuity 
of supply, financial strength of the Group and the level 
of customer service to help maintain relationships. As 
well as an excellent product offering, the Group is also 
able to take care of customers’ sourcing, storage and 
logistics requirements.

Competition

The Group operates 
within a highly 
competitive 
environment in 
all its markets.

The Group recognises that 
there is a risk to its results and 
financial condition caused by 
the actions of its competitors, 
including competitors’ 
marketing strategies and 
new product development. 

To help identify such risks, the competitive environment, 
the specific marketplace and the actions of particular 
competitors are discussed at both Group and operating 
divisional Board meetings. In addition each market is 
carefully monitored to identify any significant shift in 
policy by any competitor, any change in the routes to 
market, or any indication of new competitors and/or 
new product technology entering the market.

None

Reliance on 
production facilities

The Group has a number 
of manufacturing facilities 
for the manufacture of tiles 
and adhesives. 

If any of these facilities 
(including technology used 
to operate them) were to fail, 
the effect on the Group 
could be significant.

The Group has a well established ongoing preventative 
maintenance programme as well as a comprehensive 
“annual shutdown” programme throughout its 
manufacturing operations. 

Reduced

Furthermore, the Group has developed an experienced 
globally co-ordinated product sourcing function which 
could mitigate the risk of failure. 

Finished inventory holdings across the operations act 
as a limited buffer in the event of operational failure. 

Disaster recovery plans are in place and a business 
interruption insurance policy is maintained to mitigate 
losses caused by a serious insurable event affecting 
manufacturing capability.

26

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED

Risk and description

Potential effects

Mitigating actions

Loss of key supplier, 
availability of raw materials/
components/energy, and 
supply chain failure

Raw materials, 
components and energy 
represent a significant 
proportion of the Group’s 
input costs. Availability of 
supply and product quality 
standards are key to 
minimising risk.

Staff retention 
and recruitment

The Group employs around 
2,000 people worldwide. 

Foreign currency 
exchange risk

A significant amount of 
the Group’s business is 
conducted in currencies 
other than Sterling 
(primarily South African 
Rand, US Dollar and Euro). 

Interest rate risk

The Group pays interest 
and other facility fees 
based on local base rates 
and LIBOR rates.

Performance against 
banking covenants

The Group is subject to 
key banking covenants 
including interest cover 
and debt cover.

A lack of supply of raw 
materials such as clay or 
sand, components such 
as electronics or brassware, 
or gas or electricity could 
have significant impacts 
on the Group’s ability to 
manufacture product. 
The risk of energy supply 
interruption is an elevated 
risk in South Africa as its 
utility infrastructure is less 
well developed than 
in the UK.

The Group’s ability to grow 
and increase its market share 
depends significantly on its 
continuing ability to recruit 
and retain highly skilled 
employees in each area of its 
activities. Future growth plans 
may be restricted or delayed 
by difficulties experienced in 
recruiting and retaining 
appropriate staff.

The Group’s financial 
performance is subject to 
the effects of fluctuations 
in foreign exchange rates.

Change

Reduced

The Group manages the risk in its supply chain through 
long-term relationships with key suppliers, audits of key 
suppliers, dual supply of critical materials or components 
where considered appropriate, and by holding appropriate 
levels of stock. The Group maintains strict product 
quality standards and, in particular, has procurement 
and quality control resource in China to ensure these 
standards are adhered to.

The Group will also look to mitigate risks on energy 
supply. For example, in order to mitigate the risk of 
electricity outages in South Africa, the Group has 
invested in a standby diesel generator at its main 
Olifantsfontein plant which is capable of running 
critical parts of the plant.

Group policy is to remunerate its personnel in line with 
market rates and practice. In addition to competitive 
salaries there are annual bonus schemes, share options 
and other benefits offered.

None

Executives and key management are incentivised via an 
Approved Performance Share Plan (APSP) which was 
approved at the 2011 AGM. A grant of options under 
the APSP has taken place annually since 2011. 

The Group is able to offer employees appropriate 
training and opportunities for advancement and has 
a demonstrable track record of internal promotion.

The Group typically seeks to hedge its foreign 
exchange transactional flows for up to twelve months 
forward. This removes the effects of day to day 
exchange rate volatility on our businesses, and allows 
businesses time to adjust revenues and costs when 
there are longer-term changes in exchange rates.

The Group may, where it is considered appropriate, 
denominate some of its borrowings in other currencies 
to hedge translational asset risk.

Increased

A significant increase in 
interest rates would affect 
the Group’s profitability 
and cash flow.

Failure to meet these 
covenants could result in 
the Group being in default 
of its banking facilities.

The Group’s interest rate risk is reviewed regularly by 
Executive Management and at least annually as part 
of the Group budget process, and where considered 
appropriate will enter into hedging arrangements. 
Given the current low level of interest rates, it is not 
considered advantageous to enter into hedging 
arrangements at the current time.

None

Performance against banking covenants is regularly 
and closely monitored and is a key element of the 
forecasting and budgeting process.

None

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

27

Change

Increased

Risk and description

Potential effects

Mitigating actions

Pension scheme 
management

The Group has a defined 
benefit pension scheme 
with 8,000 members and 
liabilities of £422m and 
assets of £366m. Corporate 
bond and gilt yields are at 
historically low levels.

The Group’s financial results 
show an aggregate deficit in 
this scheme, as at 31 March 
2016, of £55.7m (2015: £44.3m) 
assessed in accordance with 
IAS 19 (revised). There are 
various risks that could 
adversely affect the funding 
of the defined benefits 
under the scheme and 
consequently the Group’s 
funding obligations.

The scheme was closed to new members and future 
accrual with effect from 1 April 2013 and replaced by an 
auto-enrolment compliant defined contribution scheme. 
Risks from rising costs of providing a final salary pension 
scheme have therefore been materially reduced.

Executive Management regularly monitors the funding 
position of the scheme and is represented on both the 
Trustee’s board and its investment sub-committee to 
monitor and assess investment performance and other 
risks to the Group.

The Group considers each valuation (annual IAS 19R 
valuation and each triennial valuation) and reassesses 
its position with regard to its pension commitments in 
conjunction with external actuarial advice. The triennial 
valuation and recovery plan for March 2015 has been 
agreed with the scheme Trustee as detailed on page 21 
of this report and provides a greater degree of certainty 
over future deficit recovery contributions.

Acquisition risk

Part of the Group’s 
strategy is to grow through 
selective acquisitions.

Performance of acquired 
businesses may not reach 
expectations impacting 
Group profitability and 
cash flows.

The Group has detailed target appraisal procedures 
in place, including appropriate due diligence, and has 
senior management experienced in M&A work. The 
Group also has robust Board approval procedures in 
place to ensure independent review of proposals. 

None

Integration plans are finalised prior to acquisition 
so that newly acquired businesses are integrated 
efficiently and swiftly after acquisition. The recent 
acquisitions of Vado and Croydex provide 
demonstrable evidence of the Group’s ability 
to integrate new businesses.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of 
the 2014 revision of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have 
assessed the viability of the Group over 
a longer period than the twelve months 
required by the “going concern” provision. 
Taking into account the Group’s current 
position and the nature of the risks and 
uncertainties it faces, the Board has decided 
to assess the viability of the Group over a 
three-year period to 31 March 2019. The 
Board considers this period appropriate 
as it believes it is not possible to credibly 
forecast beyond this time horizon, it 
reviews annually a three-year strategic 
plan and it is also the period over which 
long-term incentives are set for Executive 
Directors and senior management.

The Strategic Report section on pages 12 
to 23 sets out the key details of the Group’s 
financial performance, capital management, 

business environment and outlook. The 
principal risks and uncertainties set out 
on pages 24 to 27 detail the principal risks 
the Group is exposed to, including foreign 
exchange, interest rate, credit and liquidity 
risk, together with the Group’s actions to 
mitigate its exposures to these risks.

The strategic plan is built up by individual 
business, using the output of the annual 
budgeting process for year one and 
applying conservative general and 
business-specific assumptions to build 
years two and three. The Board considers 
the outputs from this plan, including the 
Group’s cash flows, headroom under 
existing financial facilities, dividend cover 
and other key financial ratios over the 
three-year period. The strategic plan is then 
subject to scenario testing and sensitivity 
analysis which involves flexing a number of 
the underlying main assumptions, both 
individually and in conjunction, together 

with mitigating actions that the Directors 
would consider undertaking. The Board 
then focused on an extreme but plausible 
scenario, similar to that encountered by 
the Group following the banking crisis of 
2008/9, and considered the impact on 
its financial performance after taking 
mitigating actions. 

Based on this assessment the Board 
believes that, taking into account its current 
position, the principal risks it faces, and the 
mitigating actions available to it, the Group 
will be able to continue in operation and to 
meet its liabilities as they fall due for the 
three-year period of their assessment.

28

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY

The Board takes regular account of the 
significance of environmental, ethical 
and social factors affecting the Group 
and recognises that management of these 
matters is key to ensuring the long-term 
sustainability of its businesses.

The Board takes regular account of the 
significance of environmental, ethical and 
social factors affecting the Group and 
recognises that management of these 
matters is key to ensuring the long-term 
sustainability of its businesses.

The environment
The Board recognises the Group’s activities 
do have an impact on the environment. 
Norcros is committed to minimising this 
impact by continually improving its 
efficiency in terms of energy, water and 
material consumption. 

We also have rigorous programmes to seek 
to ensure compliance with all environmental 
legislation and requirements relating to our 
operations and our products.

The Group aims to minimise its carbon 
footprint. Its greenhouse gas emissions are 
reported on in detail on page 60. Whilst 
overall emissions have increased compared 
to last year, this is as a result of the overall 
growth in the activities of the Group, which 
included the acquisition of a new business 
in the UK, as well as organic growth. In fact, 
relative to turnover, emissions have fallen 
by 3.65% year on year. We are cognisant of 
our obligations in the UK as regards the 
Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme 
initiative, and we were fully compliant with 
this in the financial year under review.

For further information on Norcros’ 
commitment to the environment and 
sustainability please visit the “Corporate 
Responsibility” section of www.norcros.com. 

Ethics
The Group aims to act with integrity towards 
all stakeholders in its businesses and respects 
the laws, regulations and customs in all the 
countries within which it operates. The Group 
makes every effort to ensure its employees 
are aware of, and comply with, the relevant 
business’ ethical code.

The Group has implemented an anti-bribery 
policy to comply with the Bribery Act 2010. 
Appropriate procedures are in place at each 
location to mitigate the risk of any employee 
committing an offence under this Act. Specific 
anti-bribery and corruption training has been 
given to all senior management in the year 
under review.

We have published a Modern Slavery Act 
statement, which emphasises the Group’s 
commitment to the eradication of slavery 
and human trafficking, both within Norcros 
and in its supply chains.

In order to ensure an open culture of legal 
and ethical compliance, all of the businesses 
in the Group have in place “whistleblowing” 
procedures, so that any concerns can be 
raised. During the year the Audit Committee 
has reviewed these arrangements and is 
satisfied that all staff of the Group may, 
in confidence, raise concerns about 
possible improprieties.

Social
Companies in the Group are encouraged 
to become involved in and support local 
initiatives where possible. 

In particular, many examples of this 
commitment can be seen in Norcros 
South Africa, where in the 2016 financial year 
the business continued its commitment 
to both initiate and support programmes 
which empower people by equipping them 
with vital skills. Starting with in-house training 
Norcros looked at empowering staff at all 
levels from basic literacy and numeracy 
to nationally accredited vocational skills 
to management and life skills. Moving 
out towards the community, the Norcros 
Tiling Academy took in unemployed people 
and taught them how to tile as well as the 
skills needed to set up a small business. 
In addition, Norcros South Africa donated 
both money and product to a wide variety 
of charities focusing on empowerment, 
particularly in the fields of education 
and healthcare. 

In the UK all the Group’s businesses 
had programmes of social engagement, 
including many charitable activities.

Employees
The necessity for, and importance of, 
good relations with all employees is well 
recognised and accepted throughout the 
Group. However, because the Group’s 
activities are organised on a de-centralised 
basis, with each operating business having 
a reasonable degree of autonomy over 
its operations, there is no uniform set of 
arrangements for employee involvement 
imposed throughout the Group. Nevertheless, 
all businesses in the Group are strongly 
encouraged to devise and adopt whatever 
means of employee consultation best 
suits their circumstances.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

29

learnership programme to upskill and 
professionalise its employees.

Our people are key to our success as 
a business and we value the individuality 
and diversity that each employee brings.

The Group is fully committed to keeping 
its employees informed about their work 
unit and the wider business.

At senior leadership levels 23.7% of 
employees are female.

Norcros also recognises the need to train its 
staff in order to give them the necessary skills 
to perform their duties to the high standards 
required. The Group’s businesses invest 
in a range of training and development 
activities. For example, Vado’s Advanced Level 
Management Training Programme enables 
development of all the managers across the 
business. This involved a partnership with the 
University of Bath’s School of Management, 
one of the country’s top business schools. 
The programme comprised various areas of 
focus including leadership, team-working and 
business improvement skills. The managers 
worked in cross-functional teams, with the 
support of the University, to research the six 
key priorities identified within the business, 
and went on to create and implement 
solutions to those challenges. In South Africa, 
our business received public recognition from 
the Department of Higher Education and 
Training for Norcros South Africa’s ongoing 

The Group recognises its responsibilities 
towards disabled persons and therefore 
all applications from such persons are fully 
and fairly considered bearing in mind the 
respective aptitudes and abilities of the 
applicant. In the event of existing employees 
becoming disabled, every effort is made 
to ensure that their employment with 
the Group continues and that appropriate 
training is arranged. It is the policy of the 
Group that the training, career development 
and promotion of disabled persons should, 
as far as possible, be identical to that of 
an able-bodied person.

Gender of Directors and employees
The number of people employed by the Group of each gender can be shown as follows:

Company Directors

Other senior managers1

Total employees

Male

4

45

1,418

Female

1

14

573

Total

5

59

1,991

1.   As defined by the Companies Act this category includes all employees responsible for planning, directing or 

controlling the activities of the Group, excluding Company Directors.

Tile Africa – 
new Boksburg 
store launch, 
April 2016.

Prior to any senior appointment the 
Nominations Committee ensures the 
best person for the role is appointed 
and in doing so gives due consideration 
to gender and diversity.

Human rights
The Directors do not consider human rights 
to be a material risk for the Group, principally 
due to the existing regulatory frameworks 
in place in the UK and South Africa, being 
the primary geographical locations in 
which we operate.

The Group has its Modern Slavery Act 
statement, and a policy in support of this, 
but does not at the present time have 
general policies which specifically address 
human rights. Our corporate values focus 
on respect, integrity and fairness, and we 
welcome the debate on the role of 
business in promoting human rights.

30

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

A strong leadership team committed to driving growth.

Martin Towers
Chairman

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

Joined the Board in July 2011 and was 
appointed Chairman in November 2012. 
He is also a non-executive director of RPC 
Group plc and Tyman plc. He was formerly 
chief executive officer of Spice plc and 
prior to that group finance director of 
Kelda Group plc, Spring Ram Corporation 
plc and McCarthy and Stone plc. He is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Joined Norcros as Finance Director 
of H&R Johnson Tiles Limited in 1993. 
Formerly, Nick had held a number of 
senior financial management positions 
with Touche Ross, Manchester and, 
immediately prior to joining Norcros, 
with Waterford Wedgwood Group plc. 
Nick was appointed as Group Chief 
Executive on 1 April 2011 having previously 
served as Group Finance Director since 
October 1996. He is a member of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

Appointed Group Finance Director in 
April 2016. Shaun has most recently held 
the position of group finance director and 
treasurer at AGA Rangemaster Group plc 
(formerly Glynwed International Plc) until 
its recent takeover. He began his career in 
retail management and corporate treasury 
at Marks and Spencer plc before joining 
Glynwed International Plc in 1989. Shaun 
is a qualified Corporate Treasurer and 
has an economics degree. He is also a 
non-executive director of Air Partner plc.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

31

David McKeith
Non-executive Director

Jo Hallas
Non-executive Director

Richard Collins
Company Secretary

Appointed to the Board in July 2013, David is 
Senior Independent Director and Chairman 
of the Audit Committee. David was a senior 
partner of the Manchester and Liverpool 
offices of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and 
served on its UK supervisory board. David is a 
non-executive director and audit committee 
chairman of Sportech plc, and is the chairman 
of the Halle Orchestra, Manchester. He is 
a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Appointed to the Board in September 
2012, Jo also serves as Chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee. She is a 
business group director for Spectris plc 
with responsibility for the in-line 
instrumentation and industrial controls 
segments. Prior to that Jo was general 
manager of the Invensys Residential 
Controls business and she has held a 
number of senior management positions 
with Bosch and Procter & Gamble 
both in the UK and overseas. Jo 
is a Chartered Engineer.

Richard joined the Company in June 2013 
as Company Secretary and Group Counsel. 
He qualified as a solicitor in 1988 and was 
previously company secretary and director 
of risk and compliance at Vertex Financial 
Services. Prior to that, Richard was 
company secretary and head of legal with 
Tribal Group plc, Blick plc and Aggregate 
Industries plc.

Re-election of all Directors
It is proposed that each Director will seek re-election at the 2016 AGM. The Board is satisfied that the Directors, individually 
and collectively, contain the balance of technical expertise, skills and experience to manage the Company’s affairs and to further 
the Group’s strategic objectives. In particular, each Director has experience of growing an international business, organically, 
as well as by acquisition.

32

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Martin Towers
Chairman

BREAKDOWN OF EXECUTIVE 
AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 Non-executive Chairman 1 
 Non-executive Directors 2 
 Executive Directors 2

20+

The Board is committed to ensuring that high standards of corporate 
governance are maintained by Norcros plc and is accountable to 
the Company’s shareholders for good corporate governance. Its 
policy is to manage the affairs of the Company in accordance with 
the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code referred to in 
the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. For the year under review, 
the Company has complied with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
issued in September 2014 (the Code) in all respects. The following 
sections of this statement describe the Board’s approach to corporate 
governance and how the principles of the Code are applied. 
These sections refer to the year ended 31 March 2016, unless 
otherwise stated.

Board balance and independence
The Board currently comprises a Non-executive Chairman, two 
Non-executive Directors and two Executive Directors, who are 
equally responsible for the proper stewardship and leadership 
of the Company. The Directors holding office at the date of this 
report and their biographical details are given on pages 30 to 31.

Taking into account the provisions of the Code, the Chairman and 
the two Non-executive Directors are considered by the Board to be 
independent of the Company’s Executive Management and free from 
any business or other relationship that could materially interfere 
with the exercise of their independent judgment. The terms and 
conditions of appointment of the Chairman and the Non-executive 
Directors are available for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company. The letters of appointment set out the expected time 
commitment. Other significant commitments of the Chairman 
and Non-executive Directors are disclosed to the Board on a 
regular basis throughout the year. The Board is satisfied that the 
Chairman’s other significant commitments do not prevent him 
from devoting sufficient time to the Company.

David McKeith is the Senior Independent Non-executive Director. 
He is available to shareholders if they have any issues or concerns 
which contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Group 
Chief Executive or Group Finance Director has failed to address 
or resolve, or for which such contact is inappropriate.

All Directors are supplied, in a timely manner, with all relevant 
documentation and financial information to assist them in the 
discharge of their duties by the making of well informed decisions 
that are in the best interests of the Company as a whole. The Board 
regularly reviews the management and financial performance of 
the Company, as well as long-term strategic planning and risk 
assessment. Regular reports are given to the Board on matters 
such as pensions, health and safety, and litigation.

Any concerns that a Director may have about how the Group 
is being run or about a course of action being proposed by 
the Board will, if they cannot be resolved once those concerns 
have been brought to the attention of the other Directors and 
the Chairman, be recorded in the Board minutes. In the event 
of the resignation of a Non-executive Director, that Director is 
encouraged to send a written statement setting out the reasons 
for the resignation to the Chairman who will then circulate it to 
the other members of the Board and the Company Secretary.

40
+
40
+
E
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

33

The Board operates in such a way as to ensure that all decisions 
are made by the most appropriate people in a timely manner that 
will not unnecessarily delay progress. The Board has formally 
delegated specific responsibilities to Board Committees, namely 
the Nominations Committee, Audit Committee and Remuneration 
Committee. The Terms of Reference of those Committees are 
published on the Company’s website at www.norcros.com. 
The report of the Nominations Committee is on page 40, 
the report of the Audit Committee is on page 36 and the 
report of the Remuneration Committee is on page 41.

The Board will also appoint Committees to approve specific 
processes as deemed necessary.

The Directors and management teams of each Group company 
are responsible for those business entities. They are tasked with 
the delivery of targets approved by the Board on budgets, strategy 
and policy.

Directors’ roles
The Executive Directors work solely for the Group and in the year 
ended 31 March 2016 none has taken on any non-executive 
directorship. However, in appropriate circumstances, Executive 
Directors will be encouraged to take on one non-executive 
directorship in another non-competing company or organisation.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-executive 
Directors are available upon written request from the Company. 
All the Non-executive Directors confirm that they have sufficient 
time to meet the requirements of their role. They also confirm 
to disclose to the Company their other commitments and to give 
an indication of the time involved in each such commitment. 
The annual evaluation process includes an assessment of whether 
the Non-executive Director is spending enough time to fulfil his 
duties. If a Non-executive Director is offered an appointment 
elsewhere, the Chairman is informed before any such offer is 
accepted and the Chairman will subsequently inform the Board.

The Board has suitable procedures in place for ensuring that its 
powers to authorise conflict situations are operated effectively. 
Such powers are operated in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association by means of each Director having 
a responsibility to notify the Board of any conflict situation 
and for the Board to deal with that situation as appropriate.

Chairman and Group Chief Executive
The positions of Chairman and Group Chief Executive are held 
by separate individuals and the Board has clearly defined their 
responsibilities. The Chairman is primarily responsible for the 
effective working of the Board, ensuring that each Director, 
particularly the Non-executive Directors, is able to make an 
effective contribution. The Group Chief Executive has 
responsibility for running the Group’s businesses and for the 
implementation of the Board’s strategy, policies and decisions.

Board, Committee and Director evaluation
The performance of the Board is appraised by the Chairman. 
The Executive and Non-executive Directors are evaluated 
individually by the Chairman. The Board, led by the Senior 
Independent Non-executive Director, appraises the Chairman, 
and the Board evaluates the performance of its three Committees. 
Evaluation processes are conducted periodically and they are 
organised to fit in with Board priorities and succession planning 
activity. A formal evaluation took place in the year under review 
in accordance with the requirements of the Code. This evaluation 
was conducted by means of detailed questionnaires, the results of 
which were then considered as appropriate, combined with 
meetings and discussions The Chairman is responsible for the 
review of each Director’s development and ongoing training 
requirements to ensure that the performance of each Director 
continues to be effective.

Advice for Directors
Procedures have been adopted for the Directors to obtain access 
through the Company Secretary to independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense, where that Director judges it 
necessary in order to discharge their responsibilities as a Director 
of the Company.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary who is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board policies and procedures are complied with. Both the 
appointment and removal of the Company Secretary are matters 
reserved for decision by the Board.

Board procedures
The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved 
to it for decision which it reviews periodically. This ensures the Board 
takes all major strategy, policy and investment decisions affecting 
the Company. In addition, it is responsible for business planning 
and risk management policies and the development of policies for 
areas such as safety, health and environmental policies, Directors’ 
and senior managers’ remuneration and ethical issues. The Board 
provides direction to the management of the Company, and it is 
ultimately accountable for the performance of the Group.

GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE

THE BOARD

Martin Towers (C)

Audit Committee

David McKeith (C)
Martin Towers
Jo Hallas

Remuneration Committee

Nominations Committee

Jo Hallas (C)
Martin Towers
David McKeith

Martin Towers (C)
David McKeith
Jo Hallas

34

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

Directors’ roles continued
The Board ensures that all new Directors (including Non-executive 
Directors) will receive a full, formal and tailored induction on joining 
the Company. As part of that induction procedure, the Chairman 
will offer to major shareholders the opportunity to meet a new 
Non-executive Director. The Chairman also periodically assesses 
the training and development needs of all Directors and ensures 
that any suitable training and updates are provided to Directors.

Retirement by rotation
Each of the Directors is subject to election by shareholders at the 
first Annual General Meeting after their appointment. Thereafter, 
in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, all of 
the Directors are subject to retirement by rotation such that one 
third of the Directors retire from the Board each year and each 
Director must seek re-election at intervals of no more than three 
years. However, the Board has decided that every Director should, 
where appropriate, offer themselves for re-election at each Annual 
General Meeting. Accordingly, each continuing Director will seek 
re-election at the next Annual General Meeting. Biographical 
details of all of the Directors are set out on pages 30 to 31, where 
there is also a statement on the Directors’ suitability for re-election. 
In April 2016 Shaun Smith was appointed as Group Finance Director 
and he will stand for election at the next Annual General Meeting.

Financial reporting
When releasing the annual and interim financial statements 
the Directors aim to present a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Group’s results and prospects. The Directors 
have a collective responsibility for the preparation of the Annual 
Report and Accounts which is more fully explained in the Statement 
of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 61.

Attendance by individual Directors at meetings of the Board 
and its Committees
The attendance of Directors at the Board and principal Board 
Committee meetings during the year is detailed in the table below:

Main 
Board 
8 meetings

Audit
Committee 
3 meetings

Remuneration
Committee
5 meetings

Nominations
Committee
4 meetings

M. G. Towers, 
Chairman

J. C. Hallas 

D. W. McKeith

N. P. Kelsall

M. K. Payne

8/8

8/8

8/8

8/8

8/8

3/3

3/3

3/3

—

—

5/5

5/5

5/5

—

—

4/4

4/4

4/4

—

—

Relations with shareholders
The Company recognises the importance of maintaining good 
communications with shareholders. The Company takes a number 
of steps to ensure that the Board and, in particular, the Non-executive 
Directors, develops an understanding of the views of major shareholders 
about the Company. The Directors have regular meetings with 
the Company’s major shareholders and have regular feedback on 
the views of those shareholders through the Company’s broker. 
Reports of these meetings, and any shareholder communications 
during the year, are given to the Board. In addition, the Company 
publishes any significant events affecting the Group and updates 

on current trading. The Chairman and the Non-executive Directors 
are also offered the opportunity to attend meetings with major 
shareholders and the Non-executive Directors, and in particular 
the Senior Independent Director, would attend such meetings 
if requested to do so by any major shareholder.

The Board regularly receives copies of analysts’ and brokers’ briefings.

The Annual and Interim Reports, together with all announcements 
issued to the London Stock Exchange, are published on the 
Company’s website at www.norcros.com.

The Notice of the Annual General Meeting is sent to shareholders 
at least 20 working days before the meeting. It is the Company’s 
practice to propose separate resolutions on each substantially 
separate issue.

For each resolution, proxy appointment forms should provide 
shareholders with the option to direct their proxy to vote either for 
or against the resolution or to withhold their vote. The Company 
ensures that all valid proxy appointments received for general 
meetings are properly recorded and counted. For each resolution 
the Company ensures that the following information is given at the 
meeting and made available as soon as reasonably practicable on 
a website which is maintained by or on behalf of the Company:

 — the date of the meeting;

 — the text of the resolution;

 — the number of votes validly cast;

 — the proportion of the Company’s issued share capital 

represented by those votes;

 — the number of votes cast in favour of the resolution; 

 — the number of votes against the resolution; and

 — the number of shares in respect of which the vote was withheld.

The Chairman seeks to arrange for the Chairmen of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nominations Committees (or deputies if any 
of them are unavoidably absent) to be available at the Annual 
General Meeting to answer those questions relating to the work 
of these Committees.

Accountability and audit 
The respective responsibilities of the Directors and auditor in 
connection with the financial statements are explained in the 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 61 and the auditor’s 
report on page 67. The Directors ensure the independence of the 
auditor by requesting annual confirmation of independence which 
includes the disclosure of all non-audit fees.

Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control 
and for reviewing its effectiveness (covering all material controls 
including financial, operational, risk management and compliance). 
This is undertaken via an annual programme to review the internal 
control environment at each business unit. Each review is carried 
out by senior finance staff independent of that business unit. The 
results of these reviews are communicated to the Audit Committee.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

35

Risk management and internal control continued
The Board has carried out a robust assessment in order to identify 
and evaluate what it considers to be the principal risks faced by the 
Group and has also assessed the adequacy of the actions taken to 
manage these risks. This process has been in place for the period 
under review and up to the date of the approval of the Annual 
Report and Accounts. The principal risks are disclosed on 
pages 24 to 27.

The Group’s insurance continues to be managed and co-ordinated 
centrally with the assistance of insurance brokers. This gives the 
Group full visibility of both claims history and the insurance industry’s 
perception of the Group’s overall risk via the respective insurance 
premiums. The Company examines the size and trend of these 
premiums and the extent to which it can mitigate the risk and 
reduce the overall risk burden in the business by considering 
the appropriate level of insurance deductible and the potential 
benefit of self-insurance in some areas.

The system of internal control is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failing to achieve business objectives and can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

The control framework as outlined above gives reasonable assurance 
that the structure of controls in operation is appropriate to the Group’s 
situation and that risk is kept to acceptable levels throughout 
the Group.

Takeover directive
Share capital structures are included in the Directors’ Report 
on page 60.

Approved by the Board of Directors on 14 June 2016 and signed 
on its behalf by:

Viability 
In accordance with the Code, the Board has assessed the prospects 
of the Company, using a three-year assessment timescale, and 
concluded that there is a reasonable expectation that the Company 
will be able to meet its liabilities and continue in operation. The full 
viability statement is contained on page 27.

Martin Towers
Chairman

Operational structure, review and compliance
In addition to the Group Finance Director, the Group has Senior 
Financial Managers at its Head Office. The Board has considered 
whether the Company should have an internal audit department 
and has deemed that given both its risk management and internal 
control programme noted previously, together with the size and 
complexity of the Group, it is not necessary to employ such 
a department at the present time. The Board will, however, 
continue to keep this matter under review.

The key elements of the controls framework within which 
the Group operates are:

 — an organisational structure with clearly defined lines of 

responsibility, delegation of authority and reporting requirements;

 — an embedded culture of openness of communication between 

operational management and the Company’s Executive 
Management on matters relating to risk and control;

 — defined expenditure authorisation levels; and 

 — a comprehensive system of financial reporting. An annual 

budget for each business unit is prepared in detail and approved 
by the Group Executive Management. The Board approves the 
overall Group’s budget and plans. Monthly actual results are 
reported against budget and the prior year and the forecast for 
the year is revised where necessary. Any significant changes and 
adverse variances are questioned by the Board and remedial 
action is taken where appropriate. There is weekly cash and 
treasury reporting to the Group Finance Director and periodic 
reporting to the Board on the Group’s tax and treasury position.

36

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

David McKeith
Audit Committee Chairman

ROLE OF THE 
AUDIT COMMITTEE

The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:

 — reviewing the Company’s financial reporting;

 — monitoring the Company’s risk management 

and internal control procedures; and

 — overseeing the appointment and work 

of the external auditor.

Members
The Committee consists of all the Non-executive Directors including 
the Chairman. Biographies of the members of the Committee 
appear on pages 30 and 31.

The Chairman of the Audit Committee, David McKeith, is considered 
to have recent and relevant financial experience as he is a fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales 
and a former senior partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. 
He also acts as chairman of the audit committee for Sportech plc, 
where he is a non-executive director.

The Board is satisfied that the Committee has the appropriate level 
of expertise to fulfil its Terms of Reference. Additionally, an appraisal 
of the Committee was undertaken as part of an evaluation of the 
entire Board in the year ended 31 March 2016 which concluded 
that the Committee is operating effectively.

Responsibilities
The Committee is a sub-committee of the Board whose main 
responsibilities include:

 — reviewing the Company’s Annual and Interim Reports and other 
results announcements, including considering and challenging 
significant financial reporting issues and judgments;

 — monitoring the Company’s risk management and internal 

control procedures; and

 — overseeing the appointment and work of the external auditor.

The Committee also advises the Board on whether it considers the 
Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s strategy, business model 
and performance.

Terms of Reference
The Committee’s Terms of Reference, which are in compliance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code, were reviewed 
on 3 March 2016 and deemed fit for purpose. A copy can be 
obtained from the Company’s website, www.norcros.com.

Meetings of the Committee
The Committee met formally three times during the year ended 
31 March 2016. The Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director, 
Company Secretary and Group Financial Controller also attended 
each of these meetings together with the engagement partner 
and other members of the audit team from the external auditor. 

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

37

Meetings of the Committee continued
The Committee may invite other individuals either from within 
the Company or external technical advisers to attend meetings 
to provide information or advice as it sees fit.

At each meeting the Committee had the opportunity to discuss 
matters with the external auditor without management being 
present. The Chairman of the Committee also has regular 
discussions with the external audit partner outside the formal 
Committee process.

The Committee receives regular papers on incidences of fraud and 
whistleblowing and reviews any financial communications issued 
to the market at each meeting.

Financial reporting
The principal role of the Committee in connection with financial 
reporting is to advise the Board on whether it considers the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s strategy, business model 
and performance. In order to make this assessment the 
Committee considers:

 — the suitability of accounting policies and practices;

 — the clarity of disclosures and compliance with financial reporting 

and governance requirements; and

 — material areas of judgment, particularly where the matter has 

been considered an area of focus by the external auditor.

Significant financial reporting matters in the 2016 Annual Report
Following discussions with management and the external auditor, 
the Committee determined that there were three significant 
financial reporting matters impacting the 2016 Annual Report. 
These risks, together with the actions taken by the Committee 
in respect of each, are described below.

Accounting for customer rebates and other trade 
promotional spend
As part of its trading activities and in accordance with industry 
norms, a number of the Group’s customers are offered rebates 
and promotional incentives in order to encourage trade and 
cement strong relationships. Rebates and promotional spend 
are recognised as a deduction from revenue over the period of the 
agreement with the customer. Accounting for such arrangements 
involves judgment as agreement periods typically run for a number 
of months or years, and may involve assumptions around volumes 
of product purchased or sold into the future. 

The Committee considered the approach taken by management 
and the detailed testing undertaken by the external auditor and 
concluded that the commercial substance of the arrangements 
was appropriately reflected in the financial statements 
in accordance with accounting standards.

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities
The Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme is significant both 
in terms of its context in the overall balance sheet and the results 
of the Group, particularly given that the net deficit has increased 
from £44.3m in 2015 to £55.7m in 2016. The valuation of the 
present value of scheme liabilities involves significant judgment 
and expertise particularly in respect of the assumptions used.

In order to value the liabilities, management had engaged an 
independent firm of qualified actuaries. The Committee reviewed 
the outputs from this work and benchmarked the assumptions, 
particularly the net discount rate, with those applied by other 
companies with defined benefit pension schemes with similar 
characteristics and having the same measurement date. The 
Committee concurred with the assumptions put forward by 
management to value the liability.

Valuation of acquired Croydex intangible assets
As part of their consideration of how the Group has accounted for 
the acquisition of Croydex, the Committee reviewed management’s 
assessment of Croydex’s intangible assets. The Committee had 
previously attended a training session provided by the external 
auditor on this technically complex area at the time that it had 
reviewed the intangible assets acquired as part of the Vado 
acquisition in 2013. The Committee reviewed management’s 
paper and challenged the assumptions used, the nature of the 
assets identified and the proposed useful lives of each asset, and 
agreed to recognise intangible assets in respect of Croydex’s 
customer relationships, brand and patents valued at £7.9m.

Other areas of judgment considered by the Committee
Viability statement
The Committee was asked to review and consider the viability 
statement in the Company’s Annual Report for the year ended 
31 March 2016. The Committee considered the appropriateness of 
the various scenarios put forward by management and challenged 
the assumptions used in each. The Committee concluded that the 
models produced by management were robust and that it was satisfied 
that the disclosures met the requirements of the legislation.

38

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Principal activities during the year
A wide variety of issues were addressed in the year and they are summarised in the table below:

Date

Activities

April 2015

Review of the Company’s year-end trading update

June 2015*

Review of the Company’s preliminary announcement for the year ended 31 March 2015

Review of the analyst presentation communicating the results for the year ended 31 March 2015

Review of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015, together with a report 
from the external auditor covering the findings of its audit

Review of the Company’s risk register

Review of management’s assessment of IT security risks facing the Group

Review of the Company’s announcement regarding the acquisition of Croydex Group Ltd

July 2015

Review of the Company’s interim trading update

September 2015

Review of the Company’s announcement in connection with the share capital consolidation

October 2015

Review of the Company’s interim trading update

November 2015*

Review of the Company’s Interim Report for the six months ended 30 September 2015, together with a report from 
the external auditor covering the findings of its limited procedures

Review of the analyst presentation communicating the results for the six months ended 30 September 2015

Review of the proposed acquisition accounting in respect of Croydex, including an assessment of the intangible 
assets acquired

March 2016*

Confirmation of the assessment of the external auditor of the principal financial reporting risks facing the Company 
for the year ended 31 March 2016

Review of the external auditor’s proposed audit work plan for the year ended 31 March 2016

Review of the external auditor’s terms of engagement and proposed fees

Assessment of the external auditor’s independence, objectivity, qualifications and expertise, including a review 
of its internal quality control checks

Assessment of the work carried out to test and review internal controls

Evaluation of the Company’s compliance, whistleblowing and fraud prevention procedures

Consideration of whether an internal audit function is required

Review of the Group’s policy in respect of the employment of former employees of the external auditor

Review of the Group’s policy in respect of the engagement of the external auditor for non-audit services 
and non-audit services provided by the external auditor during the year

Conduct of an appraisal of the performance of the Committee and a review of the Terms of Reference

Consideration of management’s proposal to fulfil the requirements of the viability statement

Review of the Company’s announcement regarding the acquisition of Abode Home Products Ltd

*  Formal meeting of the Committee.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

39

Internal controls and internal audit
The Committee undertakes a review, at least annually, of the 
effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls and the 
Board will take into account the Committee’s report, conclusions 
and recommendations in this regard.

The significant risks facing the Company, together with the actions 
taken to mitigate them, are highlighted on pages 24 to 27 of the 
Strategic Report. Lower-level risks are discussed at monthly divisional 
management meetings and highlighted to the Board as appropriate.

The Company operates a robust monthly financial reporting 
and forecasting process and an annual budgeting cycle. This 
incorporates several levels of management review to provide 
assurance that the data is reconciled to the underlying records, 
and each month’s performance and the annual budget is 
ultimately approved by the Board.

Transaction-level financial reporting risks are identified and 
managed by each business within the Group completing an annual 
self-assessment questionnaire, the responses to which are considered 
during the internal control reviews. To bolster this, a management 
representation process is in place requiring each division to confirm 
that all known material facts have been appropriately communicated 
to the Executive Directors.

Although there is no dedicated Group-wide internal audit resource, 
internal control work is performed by members of the Group Finance 
function who are appropriately qualified to undertake this type of 
work. Additionally, due to the particular risks faced by the Group’s 
retail and satellite manufacturing operations in South Africa, the 
Group employs a dedicated internal auditor based in South Africa 
focused on those risks. The work undertaken principally involves 
performing a cycle of Tile Africa store audits to ensure standard 
operating procedures are being followed and conducting internal 
control reviews of the satellite manufacturing facilities in South Africa 
operated by the Group.

At its meeting in March 2016 the Committee considered whether 
there was a need to have a dedicated Group-wide internal audit 
function and concluded that due to the size and nature of the 
Company there is no requirement at the present time. 

The strategy for reviewing internal controls is discussed with 
the external auditor and agreed with the Committee. Findings from 
the internal control reviews together with any recommendations 
from the external auditor are considered by the Committee with 
improvements and weaknesses highlighted being followed up 
as appropriate.

External auditor
The Committee has primary responsibility for making recommendations 
to the Board on the appointment, re-appointment and removal of 
the external auditor. The Committee keeps under review the scope 
and results of the audit and its effectiveness, as well as the 
independence and objectivity of the auditor.

The external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, was re-appointed 
in November 2011 following a competitive tender process. The 
timing of a competitive tender will continue to be assessed on an 
annual basis, considering the results of the annual effectiveness 
review. The Committee has, however, committed to conducting 
a tender process for the role of external auditor at least every ten 
years in line with current legislation, meaning that the next tender 
must take place in 2021 at the latest.

The Committee is aware of the need to safeguard the auditor’s 
objectivity and independence and the issue is discussed by the 
Committee and periodically with the audit engagement partner 
from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. As required by Auditing 
Practices Board requirements, external auditor independence is 
maintained by the rotation of the engagement partner every five 
years. The current engagement partner, Mr M. Heath, has been 
in place for five years and consequently this is the final year in 
which he will act as the engagement partner. In addition to this, 
policies on the award of non-audit work to the external auditor 
and the employment of ex-employees of the external auditor 
are in place which are reviewed annually.

The external audit starts with the design of a work plan that 
addresses the key risks of the audit which were confirmed at 
the March 2016 meeting of the Committee. At each meeting 
the Committee had the opportunity to discuss matters with the 
external auditor without management being present. The Chairman 
of the Committee also has regular discussions with the external 
audit partner outside the formal Committee process.

For the year ended 31 March 2016, the Committee was satisfied 
with the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of the 
relationship with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as external auditor. 
In light of this the Committee has recommended to the Board 
that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be re-appointed for the forthcoming 
year and a resolution proposing this will be put to the 2016 Annual 
General Meeting.

David McKeith
Chairman of the Audit Committee

14 June 2016

40

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT

Martin Towers
Nominations Committee Chairman

ROLE OF THE 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

The main responsibilities of the Nominations 
Committee are:

 — evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge, 
independence, diversity and experience of 
the Board; 

 — succession planning for the Board; and

 — determining the scope of the role of a new 

Director and the skills and time commitment 
required and making recommendations to 
the Board about filling Board vacancies 
and appointing additional Directors.

The Nominations Committee and the Board seek to maintain 
an appropriate balance between the Executive and Non-executive 
Directors. The Nominations Committee is chaired by the Chairman 
and consists of all the Non-executive Directors. The Chairman will 
not chair the Committee when it deals with the appointment of a 
successor to the Chairmanship.

The Terms of Reference of the Committee are available for 
inspection upon written request to the Company and on its 
website at www.norcros.com.

The Nominations Committee evaluates the balance of skills, 
knowledge, diversity and experience of the Board. In light 
of this evaluation it determines the scope of the role of a new 
Director and the skills and time commitment required and makes 
recommendations to the Board about filling Board vacancies and 
appointing additional Directors. The Committee utilises external 
search and selection consultants as appropriate. The search for 
Board candidates will continue to be conducted and appointments 
made on the basis of merit and the most appropriate experience 
against objective criteria in the best interests of shareholders. 
In selecting candidates due regard will be given to the balance 
of the Board, and to the benefits of different backgrounds and 
experience, and to diversity on the Board including gender.

If a new Director is selected, the Nominations Committee 
will use the appropriate selection process. 

In the year under review the Committee has, in addition to its 
routine responsibilities, dealt with the implementation of our 
succession plan as regards the selection and appointment of a 
new Group Finance Director, using an external recruitment firm 
(Norman Broadbent plc) which has no other connection with the 
Company. The Group’s selection criteria and recruitment 
processes were applied. As a result Shaun Smith was selected in 
March 2016 and took office in April 2016, with a suitable induction 
process and handover period.

Martin Towers
Chairman of the Nominations Committee

14 June 2016

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE ANNUAL STATEMENT

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

41

Jo Hallas
Remuneration Committee Chairman

ROLE OF THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The main responsibilities of the Remuneration 
Committee are to:

 — determine the remuneration policy and keep 
it under review, including consulting with, 
and obtaining approval from, shareholders 
as appropriate;

 — implement the approved remuneration policy 
as regards Executive Director remuneration, 
benefits and incentives, including the design 
of, targets for and pay-out of all incentive 
arrangements; and

 — ensure alignment of the remuneration structure 

for senior executives to Executive Director 
remuneration policy, including approval 
of changes to packages.

The Remuneration Committee will also prepare an 
annual remuneration report to be approved by the 
members of the Company at the Annual General 
Meeting. The Remuneration Committee meets 
not less than twice a year. The Remuneration 
Committee is chaired by Jo Hallas, and its other 
members are Martin Towers and David McKeith.

Dear shareholders, 

I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 31 March 2016. 

The Committee continues to place the interests of shareholders 
at the forefront of its operations and will continue to apply the 
remuneration policy as agreed with shareholders. The Group’s 
remuneration policy was presented to the AGM in 2014 and 
was approved with 99.9% of votes cast in support of the policy. 
No changes to the policy were made in 2015/16, nor are any 
proposed for 2016/17. However, for your convenience, the 
policy is included in full on pages 43 to 49.

Remuneration strategy
The Committee’s overall approach to executive remuneration 
remains unchanged. We are focused on ensuring the Group’s 
remuneration policy is closely aligned with shareholders’ interests 
whilst also enabling us to attract, retain and motivate our executive 
leadership, but without paying more than is necessary for this 
purpose. We do this with a simple remuneration structure 
comprising base salary and benefits, an annual bonus and a single 
performance-based long-term incentive. Targets for the annual 
bonus and long-term incentive are set at levels that are stretching 
and provide a clear link between pay and our strategic objectives. 

This produces a package with an anticipated on-target reward 
mix for the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director 
comprising 61% fixed pay (51% base salary, 8% pension and 2% 
benefits), 26% annual bonus and 13% long-term incentive. Under 
a scenario where all performance conditions are met in full, 
the balance of the Executive Directors’ package is 38% fixed 
pay, 31% annual bonus and 31% long-term incentive.

To further ensure remuneration is aligned with shareholder interests, 
half of any bonus paid is deferred for three years, shares vesting 
from APSP awards made in 2015 onwards need to be held for a 
further two years (i.e. until the fifth anniversary of grant), and the 
Executive Directors are additionally required to build and maintain 
a shareholding of at least 100% of salary. Finally, in the event of 
material misstatement in accounting records or gross misconduct, 
deferred bonus and APSP awards may be subject to malus or clawback.

Year in review
As highlighted in the Chairman’s Statement and the Group Chief 
Executive’s Statement on pages 4 and 6 respectively, Norcros 
continues to perform strongly with a seventh consecutive year 
of growth in both revenue and underlying operating profit. 
Highlights for the year ended 31 March 2016 include:

 — revenue growth of 6.3% (11.0% on a constant currency basis) 

to £235.9m;

 — underlying operating profit up 25.7% to £21.3m;

 — underlying diluted earnings per share increased by 31.8%;

 — acquisition of Croydex and Abode supporting further progress 

towards the Group strategic growth target; and

 — underlying ROCE at 18.3%, which is ahead of the Group strategic 

target of 12-15%.

42

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE ANNUAL STATEMENT CONTINUED

The Committee is focused 
on ensuring the Group’s 
remuneration policy 
is closely aligned with 
shareholders’ interests 
while also enabling 
us to attract, retain 
and motivate our 
executive leadership.”

REMUNERATION DISCLOSURE
This Directors’ Remuneration Report has been 
prepared in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. The 
Report meets the requirements of the UK Listing 
Authority’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules. In this Report we describe 
how the principles of good governance relating 
to Directors’ remuneration, as set out in the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the Code), are 
applied in practice. The Remuneration Committee 
confirms that throughout the financial year the 
Group has complied with these governance rules 
and best practice provisions.

Year in review continued
This strong performance delivered underlying profit above the target 
set by the Committee for the year, resulting in bonus outcomes of 
81.25% of the maximum opportunity for the year ended 31 March 2016. 
The Group has also exceeded its targets for aggregate underlying 
earnings per share (EPS) over the three-year period from 1 April 2013 
to 31 March 2016. As a result, 100% of the APSP awards granted 
in 2013 will vest on 27 September 2016. The Committee considers 
this outcome to appropriately reflect the Group’s very strong 
performance over the period.

During the year the Committee has also dealt with the 
remuneration aspects of the transition of the Group Finance 
Director role from Martin Payne to Shaun Smith. Martin Payne 
resigned effective 12 May 2016. No termination payments 
were made to Martin Payne and all outstanding APSP options 
lapsed on resignation. However, in recognition of Martin Payne’s 
contribution in the year under review and for ensuring a smooth 
handover to Shaun Smith, the Committee agreed that he should 
remain eligible for a bonus in respect of the year to 31 March 2016, 
but that the opportunity be halved (to 50% of salary) on account of 
the deferred element lapsing. In addition, the Committee agreed 
that deferred bonus share options granted in respect of bonuses 
earned in previous years would remain exercisable on their normal 
vesting date. The Committee is satisfied that these remuneration 
arrangements and the discretion exercised are wholly appropriate 
in the circumstances.

The remuneration arrangements for Shaun Smith are in 
accordance with our standing remuneration policy and in line 
with market practice. This includes a base salary of £234,090 per 
annum and a car allowance of £12,000 per annum, in both cases 
in line with the compensation previously received by Martin Payne. 
In addition, Shaun Smith will also receive a one-off relocation 
allowance of up to £100,000 for qualifying relocation expenses 
(in accordance with HMRC guidance) incurred within 15 months 
of appointment. No recruitment or buyout incentive awards have 
been granted to Shaun Smith. 

2016 remuneration
In accordance with our remuneration policy, the Executive Director 
base salaries were increased by 2.0%, which is broadly in line with 
the wider UK-based workforce. There are no other changes to 
Executive Director remuneration for the year ending 31 March 2017.

The Committee believes that our remuneration strategy and its 
implementation remain appropriate. I hope you will support this 
view with your advisory vote on the Annual Report on 
Remuneration at the 2016 AGM.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank shareholders for their 
continued support.

Jo Hallas
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

14 June 2016

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

43

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT

Directors’ remuneration policy
This section of the report sets out the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors, which came into effect 
on 23 July 2014, immediately after it was approved by a binding vote at the 2014 AGM. It remains unchanged for 2016, other than 
the following minor updates:

 — pay scenario charts have been updated to reflect the 2017 financial year packages for Executive Directors; 

 — relevant details of Shaun Smith’s service contract have been summarised in the “Service Contracts” section; and

 — page references have been updated.

Executive Director remuneration policy table
This policy has been designed to support the principal objective of enabling the Group to attract, motivate and retain the people it needs 
to maximise the value of the business.

Component and objective Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Base salary

To enable the Group to 
attract, motivate and 
retain the people it needs 
to maximise the value 
of the business

Generally reviewed each year, 
with increases effective 1 April 
with reference to salary levels 
at other FTSE companies of 
broadly similar size or sector 
to Norcros.

The Committee also considers 
the salary increases applying 
across the rest of the UK business 
when determining increases for 
Executive Directors.

Base salary increases are 
applied in line with the 
outcome of the annual review.

Executive Directors receive 
pension contributions (either 
as a direct payment or 
a cash allowance).

Base salary is the only 
element of remuneration 
that is pensionable.

Executive Directors are provided 
with a company car (or a cash 
allowance in lieu thereof) and 
medical insurance. Other 
benefits may be introduced 
from time to time to ensure the 
benefits package is appropriately 
competitive and reflects the 
needs and circumstances of 
the Group and individual 
Executive Director.

Pension

To provide a level of 
retirement benefit that 
is competitive in the 
relevant market 

Benefits

Provision of benefits in 
line with the market

n/a

Salaries in respect of the year 
under review (and for the 
following year) are disclosed 
in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Salary increases for Executive 
Directors will normally not 
exceed those of the wider 
workforce over the period this 
policy will apply. Where increases 
are awarded in excess of the 
wider employee population, for 
example if there is a material 
change in the responsibility, 
size or complexity of the role, 
the Committee will provide the 
rationale in the relevant year’s 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Maximum of 15% of base salary.

n/a

Benefits may vary by role, and 
the level is determined each 
year to be appropriate for the 
role and circumstances of each 
individual Executive Director.

n/a

It is not anticipated that the 
current cost of benefits (as set 
out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration) would increase 
materially over the period for 
which this policy will apply.

The Committee retains the 
discretion to approve a higher cost 
in exceptional circumstances 
(e.g. relocation expenses or an 
expatriation allowance on 
recruitment, etc.) or in 
circumstances where factors 
outside the Company’s control 
have changed materially 
(e.g. market increases in 
insurance costs).

44

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT CONTINUED

Executive Director remuneration policy table continued

Component and objective Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Annual bonus and 
Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)

To focus Executive 
Directors on achieving 
demanding annual 
targets relating to Group 
performance and 
encourage retention

Approved Performance 
Share Plan (APSP)

To incentivise 
Executive Directors 
to deliver long-term 
performance by 
aligning their 
performance with 
shareholders’ interests

Maximum opportunity:

100% of base salary.

Target opportunity:

50% of base salary.

For threshold performance, 
the bonus payout is 25% 
of maximum.

Maximum opportunity:

100% of base salary.

In exceptional circumstances, 
such as to facilitate the 
recruitment of an external hire, 
the Committee may, in its 
absolute discretion, exceed 
this maximum annual 
opportunity, up to 150% 
of salary.

Threshold performance results 
in 25% vesting.

Details of actual APSP awards 
in respect of each year will be 
disclosed in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Performance targets are set at 
the start of the year and aligned 
with the annual budget agreed 
by the Board. At the end of the 
year, the Committee determines 
the extent to which these 
targets have been achieved. 

50% of the total bonus payment 
is paid in cash, and 50% is 
converted into nil-cost options 
over Norcros shares under the 
2011 Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP). 
These options are exercisable after 
three years, subject to continued 
employment and malus (in whole 
or in part) during the deferral 
period in the event of a material 
misstatement in accounting 
records or gross misconduct.

A payment equivalent to the 
dividends that would have 
accrued on deferred bonus 
awards that vest will be made 
to participants on vesting.

APSP awards comprise annual 
conditional awards of nil-cost 
options following the 
announcement of the 
Group’s final results.

Awards normally vest after 
three years, subject to the 
achievement of a performance 
condition and continued 
employment with the Group 
until the vesting date.

To the extent an award vests, 
Executive Directors will be 
required to hold net vested 
shares for an additional holding 
period of one year (for 2014 
APSP awards) and two years 
for future awards. 

A payment equivalent to the 
dividends that would have 
accrued on APSP awards 
that vest will be made to 
participants on vesting.

APSP awards are also subject 
to malus over the vesting 
period and clawback over the 
holding period (in both cases 
in whole or in part) in the event 
of a material misstatement 
in accounting records or 
gross misconduct.

The bonus will be based primarily 
on the achievement of financial 
performance targets and may, 
from time to time as considered 
appropriate by the Committee, 
include non-financial performance 
measures (the weighting of which, 
if any, will be capped at 20% of the 
total opportunity).

The primary measure is Group 
underlying operating profit, 
although the Committee may, in its 
discretion and from time to time, 
supplement operating profit with 
additional financial measures that 
reflect the strategic priorities for 
Norcros for the financial year.

The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the formulaic bonus outcomes 
(including down to zero) within the 
limits of the scheme to ensure 
alignment of pay with performance.

Further details including targets 
attached to the bonus for the year 
under review are given on page 52 of 
the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Vesting of APSP awards is 
dependent upon the Group’s 
diluted underlying earnings per 
share (EPS) performance over 
a three-year period.

At the start of each cycle, 
the Committee will determine the 
targets that will apply to an award.

If the performance targets are not 
met at end of the performance 
period, awards will lapse.

The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the formulaic APSP outcomes 
within the limits of the scheme if 
certain relevant events take place 
(e.g. a capital restructuring, a material 
acquisition/divestment etc.) with 
any such adjustment to result in 
the revised targets being no more 
or less challenging to achieve. 

The Committee will consult major 
shareholders on changes to the 
APSP, although retains discretion 
to make non-significant changes to 
the performance measure without 
reverting to a full shareholder vote.

Further details, including the 
targets attached to the APSP 
in respect of each year, are 
disclosed in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

45

Executive Director remuneration policy table continued

Component and objective Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Savings capped at the individual 
monthly limit set by HMRC 
from time to time. 

n/a

n/a

n/a

SAYE

To encourage 
the ownership 
of Norcros plc shares

Shareholding 
requirements

To align Executive 
Director and 
shareholder interests 
and reinforce long-term 
decision-making

An HMRC-approved scheme 
where employees (including 
Executive Directors) may save 
up to the individual monthly limit 
set by HMRC from time to time 
over three years. Options granted 
at a discount of up to 20%.

Executive Directors are required 
to retain at least 50% of any 
DBP or APSP awards that vest 
(net of tax) until they have built 
up a personal holding of 
Norcros plc shares worth 
100% of salary.

Only shares that are held 
beneficially count in the 
assessment of whether an 
Executive Director has met 
the required ownership level.

Notes to the policy table
Payments from previous awards
The Group will honour any commitment entered into, and Executive Directors will be eligible to receive payment from any award made, 
prior to the approval and implementation of the remuneration policy detailed in this report, i.e. before 23 July 2014. Details of these 
awards are, and will be, disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Performance measure selection and approach to target setting
The use of Group underlying operating profit in the annual bonus directly reinforces our medium-term growth-oriented strategy 
(see page 9 of the Annual Report for further details). For the APSP, the Committee considers that diluted underlying EPS is a transparent, 
objective and effective measure of performance which is in the long-term interests of all of our shareholders.

Targets applying to the bonus and APSP are reviewed annually, based on a number of internal and external reference points. Bonus targets 
are aligned with the annual budget agreed by the Board. Annual bonus targets are considered to be commercially sensitive but will be 
disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration (see page 52 of the Annual Report on Remuneration). APSP targets 
reflect industry context, expectations of what will constitute appropriately challenging performance levels, and factors specific to the Group. 
The Committee will determine the APSP targets at the time awards are made and these targets (along with other relevant details of the 
grant) will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration (see page 53 of the Annual Report on Remuneration).

Differences from remuneration policy for other employees
The remuneration policy for other employees is based on broadly consistent principles as described above. Annual salary reviews across 
the Group take into account Group performance, local pay and market conditions, and salary levels for similar roles in comparable companies.

Executives and senior managers are eligible to participate in annual bonus schemes. Opportunities and performance measures vary by 
organisational level, geographical region and an individual’s role. Other members of the Group senior leadership team participate in the 
APSP on similar terms as the Executive Directors, although award sizes may vary by organisational level. All UK employees are eligible to 
participate in the Group’s SAYE scheme on identical terms.

Group Chief Executive

Group Finance Director

Minimum

100%

£418k

13%

Minimum

100%

£283k
13%

On-target

61%

26%

£679k

On-target

61%

26%

£459k

Maximum

38%

31%

31% £1,115k

Maximum

38%

31%

31% £751k

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

APSP

Total

46

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT CONTINUED

Performance scenario charts
The graphs on page 45 provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for Executive Directors, and the potential mix 
between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: “Minimum”, “On-target” and “Maximum”. 
This information is for the current financial year, as explained below.

Potential opportunities illustrated above are based on the policy applied to the base salary at 1 April 2016. For the annual bonus, the 
amounts illustrated are those potentially receivable in respect of performance for the year to 31 March 2017. It should be noted that 
any bonus deferred into the DBP and APSP awards do not normally vest until the third anniversary of the date of grant. This is intended 
to illustrate the relationship between executive pay and performance. The values of the DBP and APSP assume no increase in the 
underlying value of the shares, and actual pay delivered will further be influenced by changes in factors such as the Group’s share 
price and the value of dividends paid.

Valuation assumptions
The “Minimum” scenario reflects base salary, pension and benefits (i.e. fixed remuneration), being the only elements of the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration package not linked to performance.

The “On-target” scenario reflects fixed remuneration as above, plus target bonus payout (50% of salary) and APSP threshold vesting 
at 25% of the maximum award level.

The “Maximum” scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full payout under all incentives (100% of salary under each of the annual 
bonus and APSP).

Approach to Executive Director recruitment and remuneration
External appointment
In cases of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director from outside the Group, the Remuneration Committee may make use of all 
existing components of remuneration, as follows:

Component

Policy

Base salary

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to relevant market data, experience 
and skills of the individual, internal relativities and the current salary of the incumbent in the role.

Where a new appointee has an initial base salary set below market, the Committee may make phased increases 
over a period of three years, subject to the individual’s development and performance in the role.

Benefits

Pension

As set out in the policy table, benefits may include (but are not limited to) the provision of a company car 
or car allowance, medical insurance, and any necessary expatriation allowances or expenses relating 
to an executive’s relocation.

New appointees will receive pension contributions into a defined contribution pension arrangement or an 
equivalent cash supplement, or a combination of both. The maximum employer contribution will be 15% 
of salary on the same terms as other Executive Directors.

SAYE

New appointees will be eligible to participate on identical terms to all other employees.

Annual bonus

The bonus structure described in the policy table will apply to new appointees. The maximum opportunity will 
be 100% of salary, pro-rated in the year of joining to reflect the proportion of that year employed. Performance 
measures may include strategic and operational objectives tailored to the individual in the financial year of joining.

50% of any bonus earned will be deferred into the DBP on the same terms as other Executive Directors.

APSP

New appointees will be granted annual awards under the APSP on the same terms as other Executive Directors, 
as described in the policy table.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

47

Approach to Executive Director recruitment and remuneration continued
External appointment continued
In determining the appropriate remuneration structure and level for the appointee, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration 
all relevant factors to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of our shareholders. It is not the intention of the Committee that 
a cash payment such as a “golden hello” would be offered. However, the Committee may make an award in respect of a new appointment 
to “buy out” incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer, over and above the approach and award limits outlined in 
the table above. Any such award will be made under existing incentive structures, where appropriate, and will be subject to the normal 
performance conditions of those incentives. The Committee may also consider it appropriate to make “buy out” awards under a different 
structure, using the relevant Listing Rule, where necessary to replicate the structure of forfeited awards. Any “buy out” award (however this 
is delivered) would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, taking into account relevant factors including performance 
conditions, the likelihood of those conditions being met and the proportion of the vesting period remaining. Details of any such award 
will be disclosed in the first Annual Report on Remuneration following its grant.

Internal promotion to the Board
In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the policy will be consistent with that for external appointees 
detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their promotion to the Board, and it is agreed that a 
commitment is to continue, the Group will continue to honour these arrangements even if there are instances where they would not 
otherwise be consistent with the prevailing Executive Director remuneration policy at the time of promotion.

Service contracts and policy for payment for loss of office
Executive Directors have signed rolling contracts, terminable on twelve months’ notice by either the Group or the Director. The Group 
entered into a contract with Nick Kelsall on 1 April 2011, with Martin Payne on 18 March 2011 and with Shaun Smith on 31 March 2016. 
Copies of these contracts are available to view at the Group’s registered office.

The Committee’s policy for Directors’ termination payments is to provide only what would normally be due to Directors had they 
remained in employment in respect of the relevant notice period, and not to go beyond their normal contractual entitlements. Any 
incentive arrangements will be dealt with subject to the relevant rules, with any discretion exercised by the Committee on a case by 
case basis taking into account the circumstances of the termination. Termination payments will also take into account any statutory 
entitlement at the appropriate level, to be considered by the Committee on the same basis. The Committee will monitor and where 
appropriate enforce the Directors’ duty to mitigate loss. When the Committee believes that it is essential to protect the Group’s interests, 
additional arrangements may be entered into (for example post-termination protections above and beyond those in the contract of 
employment) on appropriate terms. 

Under the service contracts for each Executive Director, the Company has the discretion to terminate the employment lawfully without 
any notice by paying to the Director a sum equal to, but no more than, the salary and other contractual benefits of the Director. The 
payment would be in respect of that part of the period of notice which the Director has not worked, less any appropriate tax and other 
statutory deductions. The Director would be entitled to any holiday pay which may otherwise have accrued in what would have been 
the notice period. The Company may pay any sums due under these pay in lieu of notice provisions as one lump sum or in instalments 
of what would have been the notice period. If the Company elects to pay in instalments, the Director is under an express contractual 
duty to mitigate his losses and to disclose any third-party income he has received or is due to receive. The Company reserves the right 
to reduce the amount of the instalments by the amount of such income. The Committee would expect to include similar pay in lieu 
of notice provisions in any future executive director’s service contract. In the case of Nick Kelsall’s and Martin Payne’s service contracts 
these pay in lieu of notice provisions can also be activated by the Director if they exercise their contractual right to terminate their 
employment upon a change of control of the Company or a transfer of their employment to an acquirer of the Company’s business. 
The Committee would not envisage including a similar right to terminate in any future Executive Director’s service contract, and there is 
no such provision in Shaun Smith’s service contract.

Also under their service contracts, if the Director’s employment is terminated for whatever reason, he agrees that he is not entitled to 
any damages or compensation to recompense him for the loss or diminution in value of any actual or prospective rights, benefits or 
expectations under or in relation to the APSP, DBP, SAYE plan or the annual discretionary bonus scheme. This is without prejudice to any 
of the rights, benefits or entitlements which may have accrued to the Director under such arrangements at the termination of employment. 

48

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY REPORT CONTINUED

Service contracts and policy for payment for loss of office continued
The table below summarises how awards under the annual bonus, DBP and APSP are typically treated in specific circumstances, 
with the final treatment remaining subject to the Committee’s discretion:

Reason for cessation

Calculation of vesting/payment

Timing of vesting

Annual bonus

Voluntary resignation 
or summary dismissal

All other circumstances

DBP

No bonus paid.

n/a

Bonuses are paid only to the extent that the associated objectives, as 
set at the beginning of the plan year, are met. Any such bonus would 
normally be paid on a pro-rata basis, taking account of the period 
actually worked.

At the normal vesting 
date unless the Committee, 
in its absolute discretion, 
determines that awards 
should vest on cessation 
of employment.

Summary dismissal

Awards lapse.

n/a

Injury, illness, disability, 
death, retirement with the 
agreement of the Group, 
redundancy or employing 
company leaving Group

Voluntary resignation 
or other reason not 
stated above

Unvested awards vest.

Unvested awards lapse unless the Committee, in its absolute 
discretion, determines that an award should vest.

Change of control

APSP

Unvested awards will be pro-rated for the portion of the vesting period 
elapsed on change of control, unless the Committee, in its absolute 
discretion, determines otherwise. Awards may alternatively be exchanged 
for new equivalent awards in the acquirer, where appropriate.

At the normal vesting 
date unless the Committee, 
in its absolute discretion, 
determines that awards 
should vest on cessation 
of employment.

If the Committee determines 
that an award should vest, 
then awards will vest on their 
normal vesting date, unless the 
Committee, in its absolute 
discretion, determines that 
awards should vest on 
cessation of employment.

On change of control.

Summary dismissal

Awards lapse.

n/a

Voluntary resignation, 
injury, retirement with 
the agreement of the 
Group, redundancy 
or other reason that the 
Committee determines 
in its absolute discretion

Death

Change of control

Unapproved option awards lapse unless the Committee, in its 
absolute discretion, determines that awards should vest, subject to 
being pro-rated for time and performance to the date of cessation 
of employment. Approved option awards lapse, except in the case 
of retirement with the agreement of the employer, when awards 
will vest, subject to pro-rating as stated above.

On cessation of employment 
unless the Committee, in its 
absolute discretion, 
determines otherwise.

Unapproved option awards vest in full, but may be subject to 
the application of the performance conditions attached to them. 
Approved option awards are pro-rated for time and performance 
to that date.

Awards vest, subject to being pro-rated for time and performance 
to the date of cessation of employment, unless the Committee 
determines otherwise. Awards may alternatively be exchanged 
for new equivalent awards in the acquirer, where appropriate.

Immediately.

On change of control.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

49

External appointments 
Executive Directors are permitted to take up non-executive positions on the boards of other companies, subject to the prior approval 
of the Board. The Executive Director may retain any fees payable in relation to such appointment. Details of external appointments 
and the associated fees received are included in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group seeks to promote and maintain good relations with employees and (where relevant) their representative bodies as part 
of its broader employee engagement strategy. The Committee is mindful of salary increases applying across the rest of the business 
in relevant markets when considering salaries for Executive Directors, but does not currently consult with employees specifically 
on executive remuneration policy and framework.

Consideration of shareholder views 
The Committee considers shareholder views received during the year and at the Annual General Meeting each year, as well as guidance 
from shareholder representative bodies more broadly, in shaping remuneration policy. The vast majority of shareholders continue to 
express support for remuneration arrangements at Norcros. The Committee keeps the remuneration policy under regular review, to 
ensure it continues to reinforce the Group’s long-term strategy and aligns Executive Directors with shareholders’ interests. We will 
consult shareholders before making any significant changes to our remuneration policy.

Non-executive Director remuneration policy
Non-executive Directors (including the Chairman) have letters of appointment which specify an initial term of at least three years, 
although these contracts may be terminated at one month’s notice by either the Company or Director. In line with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code guidelines, all Directors are subject to re-election annually at the AGM.

Details of terms and notice periods for Non-executive Directors are summarised below:

Non-executive Director

Martin Towers

Jo Hallas

David McKeith

Date of appointment

Notice period

28 July 2011

27 September 2012

24 July 2013

1 month

1 month

1 month

It is the policy of the Board of Directors that Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any of the Group’s bonus, long-term 
incentive or pension schemes. Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-executive Directors are set out in the table below:

Performance 
measures

n/a

Component and objective

Operation

Opportunity

Fees

To attract and retain 
Non-executive Directors of 
the highest calibre 
with broad commercial 
experience relevant 
to the Group

The fee paid to the Chairman is 
determined by the Committee excluding 
the Chairman. The fees paid to the other 
Non-executive Directors are determined by 
the Chairman and the Executive Directors.

Fee levels are reviewed periodically, with 
any adjustments effective 1 April. Fees are 
reviewed by taking into account external 
advice on best practice and fee levels at 
other FTSE companies of broadly similar 
size and sector to Norcros. Time commitment 
and responsibility are also taken into 
account when reviewing fees.

Additional fees are payable for acting 
as Chairman of the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees.

Aggregate fees are limited to 
£350,000 p.a. by the Group’s 
Articles of Association.

Fee increases will be applied 
taking into account the outcome 
of the review.

The fees paid to Non-executive 
Directors in respect of the year 
under review (and for the following 
year) are disclosed in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Approach to Non-executive Director recruitment remuneration
In recruiting a new Non-executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will use the policy as set out in the table above. A base fee 
in line with the prevailing fee schedule would be payable for serving as a Director of the Board, with additional fees payable for acting 
as Chairman of the Audit or Remuneration Committees.

50

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

The following section provides details of how our policy was implemented during the year ended 31 March 2016.

Remuneration Committee membership in the year ended 31 March 2016
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the 
members of the Group’s senior management and for setting the remuneration packages for the Board Chairman and each Executive Director. 
The Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its Terms of Reference which can be found on the Company’s website at www.norcros.com.

During the year under review, the following Directors were members of the Remuneration Committee:

 — Jo Hallas (Chair);

 — David McKeith; and

 — Martin Towers.

All members of the Committee are independent. They serve on the Committee for a minimum three-year term and a maximum of six 
years. As part of an effectiveness review for the entire Board, an evaluation of the Remuneration Committee was undertaken in the year 
to 31 March 2016. We are pleased to report this review concluded that the Committee has operated effectively.

In addition, the Group Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director were invited to attend Committee meetings to advise on specific 
questions raised by the Committee and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of senior managers, other than in 
relation to their own remuneration. The Group Counsel and Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. No individual was 
present while decisions were made regarding their own remuneration.

The Committee met five times during the year. Attendance by individual members at meetings is detailed on page 34.

Main activities of the Committee during the year ended 31 March 2016
The main activities carried out by the Committee during the year under review were:

 — reviewing and setting salary levels for Executive Directors and senior management;

 — determining the annual bonus outcome for the year ended 31 March 2015;

 — setting operating profit targets for the annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2016;

 — approving the APSP outcome for the 2012 APSP awards (which vested in 2015);

 — calibrating EPS targets for, and granting of, 2015 APSP awards;

 — determining remuneration arrangements for the outgoing and incoming Group Finance Directors;

 — reviewing and setting the fees payable to the Non-executive Chairman; and

 — reviewing and aligning, where appropriate, the compensation and benefits provided to senior management.

Advisers
The Company uses Kepler, now a brand of Mercer, as the independent remuneration advisers to the Remuneration Committee. 
Kepler is a founding member and signatory of the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants, details of which can be found 
at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. In the year to 31 March 2016, Kepler provided the following services:

Services provided

Kepler

Benchmarking remuneration, guidance on setting incentive targets, Remuneration Report drafting 
support, general support to the Remuneration Committee throughout the year

Fees
(excl. VAT)
£

14,050

Kepler provides no other services to the Company or its Directors (nor does Kepler’s parent company, Mercer) and the Committee 
considers them to be independent. 

 
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

51

Summary of shareholder voting at the AGM
The following table shows the results of the most recent binding vote on the remuneration policy (at the 2014 AGM) and advisory vote 
on the 2015 Annual Report on Remuneration (at the 2015 AGM):

For (including discretionary)

Against

At the 2014 AGM
Policy (binding)

Policy (binding)

At the 2015 AGM
Advisory

Total number
of votes

% of
votes cast

Total number
of votes

424,480,213

99.89%

395,448,420

483,296

0.11%

301,228

Advisory

% of
votes cast

99.92%

0.08%

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)

424,963,509

100.00%

395,749,648

100.00%

Votes withheld

137,035

58,412

Total votes (including withheld votes)

425,100,544

395,808,060

The Committee welcomes the very strong support received from shareholders at the 2015 AGM for remuneration at Norcros.

Single figure for total remuneration for Executive Directors (audited information)
The following table provides a single figure for total remuneration of the Executive Directors for the year to 31 March 2016, together with 
comparative figures for the year to 31 March 2015. The values of each element of remuneration are based on the actual value delivered, 
where known. The value of the annual bonus includes the element of bonus deferred under the Deferred Bonus Plan.

Base salary

Taxable benefits1

Annual bonus2

Long-term incentives3

Pension benefit4

SAYE5

Total

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne

2016
£

341,700

16,754

277,632

233,596

83,730

—

2015
£

2016
£

2015
£

335,000

229,500

225,000

16,347

231,920

497,651

78,479

1,891

13,754

93,234

—

35,056

—

13,347

155,768

344,527

34,349

—

953,412

1,161,288

371,544

772,991

1.  Taxable benefits consist of car allowance (N. P. Kelsall – 2016: £15,000 p.a., 2015: £15,000 p.a.; M. K. Payne – 2016: £12,000 p.a., 2015: £12,000 p.a.) and private medical insurance.

2.  Annual bonus comprises both the cash annual bonus for performance during the year and, where applicable, the face value of the deferred bonus element on the date of 
deferral. Any deferred share element is deferred for three years. See “Annual Bonus in respect of performance in the year ended 31 March 2016” below for further details.

3.  For 2016, the APSP value reflects the estimated value of APSP awards granted in September 2013, of which 100% will vest to Nick Kelsall on 27 September 2016. The value of 
awards is estimated using the three-month average share price to 31 March 2016 of 175.52p, and will be trued up to reflect the vest-date value of awards in next year’s Annual 
Report on Remuneration. Martin Payne’s award lapsed on his resignation. See the relevant sections on page 52 for further details. For 2015, the APSP value has been trued up from 
that disclosed in last year’s Remuneration Report to reflect the Group’s share price of 200.0p on the date of vesting (28 July 2015) of awards granted in July 2012.

4.  The pension benefit provided to Nick Kelsall and Martin Payne in 2016 comprises cash in lieu (N. P. Kelsall – £51,255; M. K. Payne – £34,425) and amounts related to the defined 
benefit scheme (N. P. Kelsall – £32,475; M. K. Payne – £631). In 2015, pension benefits comprised cash in lieu (N. P. Kelsall – £50,250; M. K. Payne – £33,750), and amounts 
related to the defined benefit scheme (N. P. Kelsall – £28,229; M. K. Payne – £599). See “Total pension entitlements” on page 54 for further details.

5.  Embedded gain on grant of Save As You Earn scheme grants made. See “2015 SAYE” on page 53 for further details.

 
 
52

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 March 2016 (audited information)
Annual bonus in respect of performance in the year ended 31 March 2016
The 2016 annual bonus plan was based 100% on Group underlying operating profit performance for the year to 31 March 2016. The maximum 
annual bonus opportunity for the year was 100% of base salary for the Group Chief Executive and 50% of salary for the Group Finance Director 
(on account of the deferred element of his annual bonus opportunity lapsing on resignation). Based on the Company’s performance in 2016, 
against targets set at the start of the year, the Committee decided to award an annual bonus of 81.25% of the maximum opportunity to the 
Executive Directors. Further details, including the profit targets set and actual performance, are provided below:

Maximum

Target

Threshold

Underlying
profit target
£m

Payout
(% of max.)

2016
outturn
£m

Bonus
(% of max.)

21.9

20.3

18.7

100

50

25

21.3

81.25%

50% of Nick Kelsall’s annual bonus award of 81.25% of base salary, i.e. 40.63% of salary, will be deferred into shares under the DBP. 
This DBP award will vest on the third anniversary of grant, subject to continued employment.

As stated above, the DBP element of Martin Payne’s annual bonus opportunity lapsed on resignation.

The table below sets out the actual bonuses to be paid in cash and deferred shares for each Executive Director for the year to 31 March 2016:

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne

Annual cash bonus

Deferred
share bonus

% of salary

40.63%

40.63%

£

Value of
deferred shares

Total

£138,816

£138,816

£277,632

£93,234

—

£93,234

Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) 
The grant of options under the DBP in respect of the year to 31 March 2016 has not yet been made. As a result of this, the precise number 
of options to be granted in respect of the year to 31 March 2016 cannot yet be calculated, though the proposed monetary value of the 
bonus earned is known. Accordingly, Nick Kelsall will receive a number of nil-cost options calculated by dividing the proposed value of 
£138,816 by the share price at the date of grant. Martin Payne, who resigned as a Director effective 12 May 2016, will not receive a DBP 
grant in relation to the bonus for performance over the year to 31 March 2016.

2013 APSP awards vesting
Effective September 2013, an APSP award of 133,088 shares was granted to Nick Kelsall. Vesting of this award was based on Norcros’ 
aggregate diluted underlying EPS over the three financial years to 31 March 2016. Based on performance over this period, the Committee 
determined that 100% of this award will vest on 27 September 2016, being the end of the relevant three-year vesting period according to 
the APSP rules. Performance targets and actual performance against these, as determined by the Committee, are summarised in the 
table below:

Performance level

Threshold

Maximum

Aggregate
underlying EPS

56.0p

64.0p

% vesting

25%

100%

Norcros’
performance

Award vesting
(% of APSP award)

71.7p

100% 

Martin Payne’s APSP award (along with all other unvested APSP awards) lapsed on 12 May 2016 when he ceased to be a Director.

 
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

53

Scheme interests awarded in 2016 (audited information)
2015 DBP
During the year under review, the following DBP awards were made to the Executive Directors (relating to the annual bonus earned 
for performance over the year to 31 March 2015):

Basis of award

Grant date

Number of nil-cost options granted

Grant-date share price (p)

Grant-date face value (£)

Normal vesting date

Performance conditions

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne

50% of earned bonus

50% of earned bonus

22 July 2015

22 July 2015

53,934

215.0p

115,960

22 July 2018

None

36,225

215.0p

77,884

22 July 2018

None

Martin Payne’s DBP award (along with all other outstanding DBP awards) remain exercisable on their normal vesting date.

2015 APSP
During the year under review, the following APSP awards were granted to the Executive Directors:

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne

Basis of award

Grant date

Number of nil-cost options granted

Grant-date share price (p)

Grant-date face value (£)

Normal vesting date

Performance period

Performance conditions

100% of base salary

22 July 2015

158,930

215.0p

341,700

22 July 2018

100% of base salary

22 July 2015

106,744

215.0p

229,500

22 July 2018

1 April 2015 – 31 March 2018

1 April 2015 – 31 March 2018

Three-year aggregate underlying EPS

Threshold: 64.1p (25% of element vesting)

Maximum: 72.9p (100% of element vesting)

Straight-line vesting between these points

Holding period

22 July 2018 – 22 July 2020

22 July 2018 – 22 July 2020

Note: Martin Payne’s APSP award (along with all other unvested APSP awards) lapsed on 12 May 2016 when he ceased to be a Director.

2015 SAYE
Nick Kelsall and Martin Payne did not enter into a savings contract under the SAYE in the year ended 31 March 2016. In the year ended 
31 March 2015 Nick Kelsall was granted 11,392 options under a SAYE savings contract which had a value of £1,891 at the date of grant.

54

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Total pension entitlements (audited information)
As part of their remuneration arrangements Nick Kelsall and Martin Payne are entitled to receive pension contributions from the Company. 
Under these arrangements, they can elect for those contributions to be paid in the form of taxable pension allowance, or direct payments 
into a personal pension plan or the Group’s UK defined contribution scheme. If a payment is made in the form of taxable pension 
allowance, the amount payable is not reduced to allow for employment taxes.

During the year Nick Kelsall elected to take taxable pension allowance of £51,255 (2015: £50,250) with no amounts paid directly into a 
pension scheme (2015: £nil). Martin Payne elected to take taxable pension allowance of £34,425 (2015: £33,750) with no amount paid 
into a personal pension plan (2015: £nil). In line with the Regulations, the single figure table reflects the total of these amounts, as well 
as the capitalised increase in accrued pension (net of inflation) under the UK defined benefit scheme, of which neither Nick Kelsall nor 
Martin Payne are active members. Martin Payne’s entitlement relates to his former employment at H & R Johnson Tiles Limited between 
1993 and 2001. Details of Executive Directors’ retirement benefits under the Group’s UK defined benefit scheme and taxable pension 
allowances are summarised in the following table.

Director

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne

Accrued
pension
£

20,539

11,199

Increase in
accrued
pension net of
CPI
£

Transfer value
of net increase
in the year
£

Normal
retirement
date

Additional
value of 
pension on 
early
retirement
£

Pension value
in the year
from
DB scheme
£

Pension value
in the year
from
cash allowance
£

1,624

32

24,972

16.12.21

401

31.07.30

—

—

32,475

631

51,255

34,425

Total
£

83,730

35,056

Single figure for total remuneration for Non-executive Directors (audited information)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-executive Director for the year ended 31 March 2016 
and the prior year:

Martin Towers

Jo Hallas

David McKeith

Payments to past Directors (audited information)
During the year under review, no payments were made to past Directors.

Exit payments made in the year (audited information)
No exit payments to Directors were made during the year under review.

External appointments in the year
No external appointments were held by the Executive Directors during the year.

Total fee

2016
£

97,000

41,000

41,000

2015
£

95,000

40,000

40,000

Percentage change in CEO remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in the CEO’s salary, benefits (excluding pension) and annual bonus between the 2015 
and 2016 financial years compared with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of pay for all UK staff 
employed in continuing operations. A UK subset of employees was selected as a suitable comparator group for this analysis because the 
CEO is based in the UK (albeit with a global role and responsibilities) and pay changes across the Group vary widely depending on local 
market conditions (in particular fluctuations in the exchange rate between the South African Rand and British Pound). The comparison 
uses a per capita figure and accordingly this reflects an average across the Group’s businesses. No account is therefore taken of the 
impact of operational factors such as new joiners and leavers and the mix of employees.

Salary

Benefits

Bonus

CEO
% change
2015–2016

2.0%

2.5%

19.7%

Average of
other employees
% change
2015–2016

1.0%

5.3%

12.4%

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

55

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends – there were no share buybacks in either year) and Norcros’ expenditure 
on total employee pay for the year under review and the prior year, and the percentage change year on year. 

Dividends

Total staff costs

2016
£000

3,577

48,406

2015
£000

3,098

44,125

% change

15.5%

9.7%

Performance graph and table
The following graph shows the seven-year TSR performance of the Company relative to the FTSE All-Share Construction & Materials 
Index. This comparator was chosen because the Company is a constituent member of this index.

Total shareholder return
(Value of £100 invested on 31 March 2009)

Norcros plc
FTSE All-Share Construction & Materials

)

£

(

t
n
e
m

t
s
e
v
n

I

500.00

450.00

400.00

350.00

300.00

250.00

200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00

31 March 
2009

31 March 
2010

31 March 
2011

31 March 
2012

31 March 
2013

31 March 
2014

31 March 
2015

31 March 
2016

The table below details the Chief Executive’s single figure of remuneration over the same period:

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

CEO single figure of remuneration (£000)

Incumbent

Total remuneration

Joe Matthews Joe Matthews Nick Kelsall Nick Kelsall Nick Kelsall Nick Kelsall Nick Kelsall

£488,000

£611,000

£380,780

£526,282

£917,530 £1,161,288

£953,412

Annual bonus (as a % of max. opportunity)

APSP vesting (as a % of max. opportunity)

38%

n/a

81%

0%

0%

n/a

50%

n/a

54%

100%

69%

99%

81%

100%

Implementation of Executive Director remuneration policy for the year to 31 March 2017
The Remuneration Committee conducted its normal review of Executive Directors’ remuneration, effective 1 April 2016. 
The results of this review are as follows:

Base salary
Base salaries are reviewed taking into account individual performance and competitive practice for similar roles in the Company’s 
remuneration peer group, and remuneration awards within the Group. The Committee decided to increase Executive Director salaries 
in line with the rest of the Group by 2%. For the year ending 31 March 2017, base salaries will be £348,534 for Nick Kelsall, and £234,090 
for Shaun Smith, the new Group Finance Director, appointed 4 April 2016. Martin Payne, the outgoing Group Finance Director, was 
employed from the beginning of the financial year until 12 May 2016 and during that period his salary was £234,090 per annum.

 
56

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Implementation of Executive Director remuneration policy for the year to 31 March 2017 continued
Pension
There is no change in the contribution percentage for Executive Directors for the year ending 31 March 2017, which remains at 15% of salary. 
Martin Payne was eligible for pension contributions in relation to the period from 1 April 2016 to 12 May 2016, when he ceased to be a Director.

Benefits
There is no change in the car allowance for Executive Directors for the year ending 31 March 2017, which is £15,000 per annum for 
Nick Kelsall and £12,000 per annum for Martin Payne (until he ceased to be a Director on 12 May 2016). Shaun Smith receives a car allowance 
of £12,000 per annum.

Annual bonus
The annual bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will remain unchanged for the 2017 financial year with a maximum bonus entitlement 
of 100% of salary. The bonus outcome for Executive Directors will continue to be based entirely on Group underlying operating profit. 
Of any bonus earned 50% will be deferred into nil-cost options for a further three years under the Deferred Bonus Plan. Annual bonus 
targets are considered to be commercially sensitive but will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

Martin Payne is not eligible for an annual bonus in respect of the 2017 financial year.

APSP
The structure of APSP awards to be made in the 2017 financial year will be unchanged from 2016. Awards with face values of 100% 
of salary will be granted to Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith, with vesting subject to the achievement of three-year aggregate diluted 
underlying EPS targets. To the extent an award vests, vested shares will be subject to a further two-year holding period. The Committee 
will determine these targets at the time awards are made and these targets (along with other relevant details of this grant) will be 
disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

SAYE
Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith will be able to participate in any SAYE contract offered to all employees, on identical terms.

Other remuneration arrangements for Shaun Smith on appointment 
Shaun Smith was appointed as Group Finance Director on 4 April 2016. He is entitled to a relocation allowance for qualifying relocation 
expenses (in accordance with HMRC guidance) up to a maximum of £100,000 (gross of tax) on condition that he relocates within 15 
months of appointment. No other awards or remuneration arrangements were made relating to Shaun Smith’s recruitment.

Implementation of Non-executive Director remuneration policy for the year to 31 March 2017
The Committee has reviewed the Board Chairman’s fee and concluded that an increase to £99,000 p.a. was appropriate. The Board 
Chairman and the Executive Directors reviewed Non-executive Director fees at the same time and concluded that a similar percentage 
increase would be appropriate. Accordingly, for the 2017 financial year, Non-executive Director fees will be as follows:

Executive Director

Board Chairman

Non-executive Director

Additional fee for chairing Audit or Remuneration Committees

Fee at
1 April 2016

Fee from
1 April 2015

Percentage
increase

£99,000

£36,000

£5,225

£97,000

£35,875

£5,125

2.1%

2.0%

2.0%

Executive Director shareholdings (audited information)
The table below shows the shareholding of each Executive Director and their respective shareholding requirement as at 31 March 2016:

Options held

Shares owned 
outright(a)

Vested but 
not exercised(a)

Unvested
and subject

Unvested but 
not subject

to performance(c)

to performance(d)

Shareholding
 guideline % salary

Current holding

Requirement met?

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne

795,423

125,841

—

—

345,041

231,7441

270,220

178,0741

100%

100%

795,423

125,841

Yes

No

1.  Martin Payne’s 323,882 outstanding APSP options lapsed on his ceasing to be a Director on 12 May 2016 (and will be disclosed as such in next year’s Annual Report on 

Remuneration) though his 85,936 outstanding DBP options remain exercisable on their normal vesting date.

Value of current shareholding based on average share price over three months ended 31 March 2016 of 175.52p.

Details of the scheme interests contained in columns B–D are provided in the table opposite.

 
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

57

Granted
in 2016

Vested
in 2016

Exercised
in 2016

Lapsed
in 2016

Shares
under option
31 March 
2016

—

— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

Directors’ share scheme interests (audited information)
Share options

Notes

Scheme

Date
of grant

Vested
date

Expiration
date

Exercise
price

Nick Kelsall

a

a

a

DBP 26.09.13 26.09.16 26.09.23

23.07.14

23.07.17

23.07.24

22.07.15

22.07.18 22.07.25

—

—

—

Shares
under option
1 April 2015

30,632

41,174

—

53,934

Total

71,806

53,934

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

30,632

41,174

53,934

— 125,740

Martin Payne

c

c

c

a,d

a,d

a,d

b,c

c,e

c,e

c,e

b,c

APSP

28.07.12

28.07.15

28.07.22

— 250,705

— 248,825

248,825

(1,880)

—

27.09.13

27.09.16 27.09.23

— 133,088

23.07.14

23.07.17

23.07.24

22.07.15

22.07.18 22.07.25

—

—

186,111

— 158,930

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

133,088

186,111

158,930

Total 569,904 158,930 248,825 248,825

(1,880)

478,129

SAYE

19.12.14 01.03.18 31.08.18

158p

11,392

Total

11,392

DBP 26.09.13 26.09.16 26.09.23

23.07.14

23.07.17

23.07.24

22.07.15

22.07.18 22.07.25

—

—

—

21,206

28,505

—

36,225

Total

49,711

36,225

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

11,392

11,392

21,206

28,505

36,225

85,936

APSP

28.07.12

28.07.15

28.07.22

— 173,565

— 172,264

172,264

(1,301)

—

27.09.13

27.09.16 27.09.23

—

92,138

23.07.14

23.07.17

23.07.24

— 125,000

—

—

22.07.15

22.07.18 22.07.25

—

— 106,744

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

92,138

125,000

106,744

Total

390,703

106,744

172,264

172,264

(1,301)

323,882

a.  Outstanding Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) awards are subject to the terms set out on page 53.

b.  On 18 June 2015, the Committee determined that 99.25% of the 2012 APSP award should vest in accordance with the performance condition based on the Company’s EPS 

performance as described on page 51 of the Company’s 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.

c.  Outstanding APSP awards are subject to the following three-year aggregate EPS targets:

Performance

Threshold

Maximum

Three-year aggregate EPS targets

% vesting

27.09.13 award

23.07.14 award

22.07.15 award

25%

100%

56.0p

64.0p

59.4p

68.1p

64.1p

72.9p

d.  Martin Payne’s outstanding DBP options disclosed in this table remain exercisable on their normal vesting date.

e.  Martin Payne’s outstanding APSP options lapsed on his ceasing to be a Director on 12 May 2016 (and will be disclosed as such in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration).

Shareholder dilution
The Group’s share incentive plans operate in line with the ABI principles, which require that commitments under all-share schemes 
satisfied by newly issued shares must not exceed 10% of the issued share capital in any rolling ten-year period, of which up to 5% may 
be used to satisfy options under executive share schemes. The Group’s position against the dilution limits at 31 March 2016 was 4.4% 
for the all-share schemes limit and 3.0% for executive schemes.

58

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)

Director

N. P. Kelsall

M. K. Payne

M. G. Towers

J. C. Hallas

D. W. McKeith

S. M. Smith

This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 14 June 2016 and signed on its behalf by:

Jo Hallas
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

31 March 2016
Ordinary shares

31 March 2015
Ordinary shares

795,423

125,841

134,454

20,000

15,000

—

795,423

80,354 

121,420 

20,000

15,000

—

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

59

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
31 March 2016.

Principal activities 
The Company acts as a holding company for the Norcros Group. 
The Company’s registered number is 3691883 and the Company is 
registered and domiciled in England.

The Group’s principal activities are the development, manufacture and 
marketing of home consumer products in the UK and South Africa. 

Results and dividends
The information that fulfils the requirements of the Business Review, 
which is incorporated in the Directors’ Report by reference, including 
the review of the Group’s business and future prospects, is included 
in the Chairman’s Statement, the Group Chief Executive’s Statement 
and the Strategic Report on pages 4 to 29. Key performance 
indicators are shown on page 10.

The Directors recommend a final dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2016 of 4.4p (2015: 3.75p). This follows the decision to 
pay an interim dividend earlier in the year of 2.2p (2015: 1.85p).

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and indemnities
The Company purchases liability insurance cover for Directors and 
officers of the Company which gives appropriate cover for any legal 
action brought against them. The Company also provides an indemnity 
for its Directors (to the extent permitted by the law) in respect of 
liabilities which could occur as a result of their office. This indemnity 
does not provide cover should a Director be proven to have acted 
fraudulently or dishonestly.

Purchase of own shares
In 2007 the Company formed the Norcros Employee Benefit Trust 
(the Trust). The purpose of the Trust is to meet part of the Company’s 
liabilities under the Company’s share schemes. The Trust purchased 
no ordinary shares during the year (2015: nil). At the Company’s 
2015 Annual General Meeting, the shareholders authorised the 
Company to make market purchases of up to 5,971,740 ordinary 
shares. At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, shareholders 
will be asked to renew the authority to purchase its own shares for 
another year. Details are contained in the AGM Notice of Meeting 
on pages 114 to 117.

Employees
The necessity for, and importance of, good relations with all 
employees is well recognised and accepted throughout the Group. 
However, because the Group’s activities are organised on a 
de-centralised basis, with each operating business having a 
reasonable degree of autonomy over its operations, there is no 
uniform set of arrangements for employee involvement imposed 
throughout the Group. Nevertheless, all Group companies are 
strongly encouraged to devise and adopt whatever means 
of employee consultation best suits their circumstances.

The Group is fully committed to keeping its employees informed 
about their work unit and the wider business.

The Group recognises its responsibilities towards disabled persons 
and therefore all applications from such persons are fully and fairly 
considered bearing in mind the respective aptitudes and abilities of 
the applicant. In the event of existing employees becoming disabled, 
every effort is made to ensure that their employment with the Group 
continues and that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy 
of the Group that the training, career development and promotion 
of disabled persons should, as far as possible, be identical to that 
of an able-bodied person.

Directors
Biographical details of the present Directors are set out on pages 
30 and 31. The Directors who served during the year and to the 
date of this report are set out below: 

Director

Martin Towers

Jo Hallas

David McKeith

Nick Kelsall

Martin Payne
(resigned 12 May 2016)

Shaun Smith 
(appointed 4 April 2016)

Role

Chairman

Non-executive Director 

Non-executive Director 

Group Chief Executive

Group Finance Director 
(to 4 April 2016)
Director 
(from 4 April 2016 to 12 May 2016)

Group Finance Director

The interests of the Directors in the shares of the Company 
at 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015 are shown on page 58.

Substantial shareholding
As at 13 June 2016 the Company had received notification that the 
following were interested in 3% or more of the Company’s issued 
share capital:

Miton Group

Hargreave Hale

Artemis Fund Managers

FIL Ltd

Standard Life Investments

Schroders plc

SVM Asset Management

Invesco Ltd

Percentage of
 issued share
 capital

14.96

12.06

11.58

9.94

7.26

4.80

4.40

4.14

60

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Board presents this report in order to meet the Company’s 
obligation under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013 to disclose the Group’s 
worldwide emissions of the six Kyoto gases attributable to human 
activity measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. As stated 
in the Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability section on pages 
28 and 29, the Company is committed to reducing and minimising 
its impact on the environment.

Global GHG emissions data 
Year ended 31 March

Tonnes of CO2e 
2016

Tonnes of CO2e 
2015

Going concern
Having taken into account the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group detailed on pages 24 to 27 in the Strategic 
Report, the Board considers it appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on the going concern basis, as explained in note 1 to 
the financial statements.

Financial risk management 
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks. 
Details of the risks faced by the Group are provided in note 20 
to the financial statements.

Emissions from:

Combustion of fuel and 
operation of facilities (Scope 1)

Electricity, heat, steam and cooling 
purchased for own use (Scope 2)

64,354

61,671

32,120

32,609

Total

96,474

94,280

Company’s chosen 
intensity measurement1

1.  Emissions per £m of revenue.

409.0

424.5

We have reported on all of the emission sources, being Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions. These are emissions from activities for 
which the Group is responsible, plus emissions resulting from 
the purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling by a business in 
the Group for its own use. These sources use the same reporting 
boundary as for our consolidated financial statements. We do not 
have responsibility for any emission sources that are not included 
in our consolidated financial statements.

We have used the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and 
Reporting Standard (revised edition), data gathered to fulfil our 
requirements under the CRC Energy Efficiency scheme, and emission 
factors from the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for 
Company Reporting 2014. Where no more suitable data sources 
are available, we have used, where practicable, estimates based on 
the appropriate information that is available to the Group.

Political donations
There were no political donations (2015: £nil).

Research and development
The Group’s expenditure on research and development is 
disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements and is focused 
on the development of new products.

Corporate governance
Details of the Group’s corporate governance are contained on 
pages 32 to 35. This Corporate Governance Report forms part of 
the Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by cross reference.

Takeover directive
The Company has only one class of shares, being ordinary shares, 
which have equal voting rights. The holdings of individual Directors 
are disclosed on page 58.

There are no significant agreements to which the Company 
is a party which take effect, alter or terminate in the event of 
a change of control of the Company, except for the banking 
facilities dated 21 July 2014 in respect of the £70.0m unsecured 
revolving credit facility and the £30.0m accordion facility which 
contain mandatory prepayment provisions on a change of control.

There are no provisions within Directors’ employment contracts 
which allow for specific termination payments upon a change 
of control.

Statement of disclosure of information to auditor
In the case of each of the persons who are Directors, 
the following applies:

(a)   so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

(b)   they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor 
is aware of that information.

Independent auditor
A resolution to re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor 
to the Company will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will take place 
at 11.00 am on 27 July 2016 at Mere Golf Resort & Spa, Chester Road, 
Mere, Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 6LJ. The notice convening that 
meeting, together with the resolutions to be proposed, appears 
on pages 114 to 117 of this document. The Directors recommend 
that all shareholders vote in favour of all of the resolutions to be 
proposed, as the Directors intend to do so in respect of their 
own shares, and consider that they are in the best interests 
of the Company and the shareholders as a whole.

Richard Collins
Company Secretary

14 June 2016

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

61

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

In respect of the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union, and the Company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable 
law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing 
these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 — select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

 — make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

 — state whether IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 

and applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Group and Parent Company financial statements respectively; and

 — prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and the Group and enable them 
to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in 
the Directors’ Report, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

 — the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group; and

 — the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report include a fair 

review of the development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Group, together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

14 June 2016

62

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF NORCROS PLC

Report on the group financial statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, Norcros plc’s group financial statements (the “financial statements”):

 — give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s affairs as at 31 March 2016 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

 — have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the 

European Union; and

 — have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

What we have audited
The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), comprise:

 — the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2016;

 — the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

 — the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended;

 — the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and

 — the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, and applicable law.

Our audit approach
Overview
 — Overall group materiality: £945,000 which represents 5% of underlying profit before tax.

 — The Group consists of eight operating divisions, alongside its head office functions. Our audit focused on the most significant of these 
in terms of materiality to the Group financial statements. The components within the scope of our work accounted for 100% of Group 
revenue and 99% of Group underlying profit before tax.

 — Accounting for customer rebates and other trade promotional spend.

 — Defined benefit pension plan liabilities.

 — Valuation of acquired intangibles.

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”).

We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In 
particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgments, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the 
risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that 
represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, are 
identified as “areas of focus” in the table below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas in order to 
provide an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read 
in this context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

63

Our audit approach continued
The scope of our audit and our areas of focus continued
Area of focus

Accounting for customer rebates and other trade promotional 
spend
Refer to note 1 (Accounting policies) and page 75 (Critical estimates).

As is normal industry practice, the Group has a number of trading 
agreements in place with its largest customers to encourage them 
to purchase and promote the Group’s products. These consist of 
various types of rebates and other trade spend commitments, 
which may then be subject to variation from time to time.

Rebates on sales are recognised as a deduction from revenue 
and are earned over the period of the contractual agreements 
with individual customers. The total amount recognised in a year 
is therefore based on the expected amount payable up to the 
balance sheet date under each customer agreement.

Promotional spend is a further deduction from revenue. The 
funding paid is recognised in the period to which it relates in 
accordance with the agreement with the customer.

We focused on such arrangements because of the significance 
of the amounts to the Group’s gross profit, the significant 
number of transactions and agreements in place, and the 
industrywide focus on this area of accounting.

The amount to be recognised in the income statement for such 
arrangements requires the directors to apply judgment based 
on the agreements in place with each of the Group’s customers, 
together with estimates of amounts the Group owes where 
transactions span the financial year end.

The relative level of judgment in each of the categories of 
arrangements noted above is considered below:

Volume based rebates
Volume based rebates are driven by customers achieving sales 
volume targets agreed with the Group for specific products over 
a pre-determined period. There is, therefore, judgment involved 
in estimating the volume of sales, particularly where rebate 
agreements span a financial year end, which is the case in a large 
number of instances. In such instances the key judgment that we 
focused on was the estimate of the rebate expense accrued at 
year end.

Other trade promotional spend
This expense varies with regards to the nature and timing of the 
activity to which it relates, and is recognised in accordance with 
the terms agreed with customers.

It derives from a number of varying agreements and its 
recognition requires the Group to determine the extent to which 
the promotional activity has taken place and, hence, the amount 
payable by the Group. 

Our focus was on assessing the accuracy of the expense 
charged, whether the amount recognised was recorded in 
the appropriate period and the completeness of the expense. 

How our audit addressed the area of focus

Our audit work in respect of accounting for customer rebates 
and other trade promotional spend comprised a combination of 
substantive testing, controls testing, and an assessment of the 
Group’s disclosures in this area. Each element of our work is 
considered in more detail below. 

Substantive testing
We tested a sample of the underlying agreements to provide the 
core evidence to support the amount and timing of recognition 
of both customer rebates and other trade promotional spend. 
This work involved evaluating whether the amount and timing of 
recognition was consistent with the contractual arrangements.

Where such agreements spanned the year end, or where 
the agreements were on a calendar year basis and the 2016 
calendar year agreements had not yet been agreed, we critically 
assessed the judgments taken by the directors in estimating 
year end accruals for amounts owing to customers. This work 
included the use of look back tests to assess the accuracy of the 
accruals in previous years, alongside the use of “reasonableness 
checks” around the key assumptions of rebate terms and, in the 
case of volume rebates, the level of sales likely to occur in the 
rebate period, with reference to historic events. This testing did 
not identify any evidence of bias in the directors’ judgments.

We also analysed rebate expense and promotional expense 
recognised each month and compared them to gross sales to 
identify whether there were any unusual trends in the amounts or 
timing of rebate expense and promotional expense recognised in 
each period. Alongside this we held discussions with members of 
management within the sales teams to further understand the 
substance of these agreements and trends in the year. No 
unusual trends were identified.

Additionally, testing was performed in respect of post year end 
credit notes issued and debit notes received, where applicable, to 
determine whether specific promotions were appropriately provided 
for as at the balance sheet date at the appropriate amount.

Controls testing
Where appropriate, our substantive work was supplemented 
by controls work which encompassed understanding, evaluating 
and testing key controls in respect of the approval of customer 
rebates and other trade promotional spend. We determined 
that we were able to obtain evidence from the operation 
of these controls for the purpose of our audit of whether 
customer rebates and other trade promotional spend 
had been recorded appropriately.

Disclosures
We read the disclosures within the financial statements in respect 
of customer rebates and other trade promotional spend and, 
based on our work, determined that they are consistent with 
accounting standards and the recent guidance on the reporting 
of complex supplier arrangements issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council. 

64

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

Our audit approach continued
The scope of our audit and our areas of focus continued
Area of focus

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities
Refer to note 1 (Accounting policies), page 74 (Critical estimates) 
and note 23.

The Group has a defined benefit pension plan net liability 
of £55.7m (2015: £44.3m), which is significant in the context 
of both the overall balance sheet and the results of the Group, 
particularly given the significant movement in the valuation of 
the net liability in the current year. A major constituent of this 
net liability is the value attributed to the gross liabilities of the 
pension scheme.

The valuation of these gross liabilities requires significant 
judgment and expertise primarily in respect of the key 
assumptions used. These assumptions include both financial 
assumptions e.g. the discount rate and inflation, but also key 
demographic assumptions e.g. mortality rates. Modest changes 
in a number of these key assumptions can have a material impact 
on the calculation of the liability. We therefore focused our work 
on this area.

Valuation of acquired intangibles
Refer to note 1 (Accounting policies, page 74 (Critical estimates 
and notes 11, 12 and 30.

During the year, the group acquired Croydex Group Limited 
(‘Croydex’) based in the UK. The accounting for the business 
combination resulted in the recognition of £7.8m of goodwill 
and £7.9m of intangibles assets relating to customer contracts 
and tradenames, which are separable from goodwill.

The identification of intangible assets that meet the criteria for 
recognition and presentation in the financial statements requires 
significant judgment.

Management’s valuation method for those intangibles identified 
is subject to a number of key judgments surrounding cash flow 
forecasts, discount rates and attrition rates. We have therefore 
focused our work in this area.

How our audit addressed the area of focus

We obtained the external actuary’s report used in valuing the 
scheme’s liabilities and determined, using our experience of the 
valuation of similar schemes, and our own pension specialists, 
that the methodologies adopted by the actuary in forming 
the valuation were consistent with industry practice and 
our expectations.

We also agreed the key financial assumptions used within the 
valuation of the scheme’s liabilities, including the discount and 
inflation rates, to our internally developed benchmarks. We 
compared the assumptions around salaries increase and 
mortality to national and industry averages. The assumptions 
used within the valuation of the scheme’s liabilities were in line 
with our benchmarks and the external data.

Disclosures
We read the disclosures within the financial statements in respect 
of the defined benefit scheme and, based on our work, 
determined that they are consistent with accounting standards.

We obtained management’s valuation model and assessed the 
appropriateness of the methodology and assumptions adopted in 
determining the valuation to be assigned to each of the intangibles 
identified. In doing so, we evaluated the appropriateness of the 
cash flow assumptions with reference to the current performance 
of the business and compared key assumptions, including attrition 
rates, discount rates and growth rates, with current and historic 
trends and data.

Based on our work performed, we consider the assumptions and 
methodology adopted to be reasonable.

Disclosures
We read the disclosures within the financial statements in respect 
of the acquired intangibles and found them to be appropriately 
made in line with the requirements of International Financial 
Reporting Standards.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account the geographic structure of the group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
the group operates. 

The Group consists of 15 statutory entities (excluding dormant entities) and a number of divisions. These are predominately based within 
the UK and South Africa, which also form the reporting segments of Norcros plc. In the UK Norcros operate under five brands, each a 
separate division of Norcros Group (Holdings) Limited. These are Vado, Johnsons Tiles, Norcros Adhesives Triton and the newly acquired 
Croydex. The group also acquired Abode Home Products Limited on the final day of the year but no trading occurred in the current 
financial year for the Group and so this did not form part of our scoping procedures. South Africa is similarly made up of three entities, 
Johnsons Tiles South Africa, TAL and Tile Africa which are each a separate brand. Each division or entity has its own finance function, 
who report directly to head office, with the head office function incurring certain central costs on behalf of the Group.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

65

Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope continued
Consistent with the Group’s operations, we scoped our audit at a divisional level. The work at the operating divisions in the UK was 
performed by the UK engagement team whilst the work at the South African operating divisions was performed by a PwC team based 
in South Africa. The UK team instructed the South African team to perform a full scope audit of the South African operations, and to 
focus their work on customer rebates/other trade promotional spend in South Africa.

The UK team had regular communication with the team in South Africa throughout the audit process. A senior member of the UK team 
visited South Africa to discuss the results of the work with the local team and to attend meetings with local management at which the 
financial results and audit matters were discussed. Furthermore, the UK engagement team performed procedures over the Group’s 
consolidation of these divisions and significant consolidation entries.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually 
and on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgment, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall group materiality

£945,000 (2015: £765,000).

How we determined it

5% of underlying profit before tax.

Rationale for benchmark applied We believe that profit before tax, adjusted for those items set out in note 8 to the Group financial 

statements (“underlying profit before tax”), provides us with a consistent year on year basis for determining 
materiality based on the underlying trading performance of the Group, but eliminating non-recurring 
and non-cash items.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £50,000 
(2015: £40,000) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the directors’ statement, set out on page 60, in relation to going concern. We have 
nothing to report having performed our review. 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to 
the directors’ statement about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. 

As noted in the directors’ statement, the directors have concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements. The going concern basis presumes that the group has adequate resources to remain in operation, and that 
the directors intend it to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements were signed. As part of our audit we have 
concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis is appropriate. However, because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, these statements are not a guarantee as to the group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

66

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

Other required reporting
Consistency of other information
Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 — information in the Annual Report is:

We have no exceptions to report.

 — materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

 — apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge 

of the group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

 — otherwise misleading.

 — the statement given by the directors on page 61, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of the 

We have no exceptions to report.

UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”), that they consider the Annual Report taken as 
a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 
members to assess the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge of the group acquired in the course of performing our audit.

 — the section of the Annual Report on pages 36 to 39, as required by provision C.3.8 of the 

We have no exceptions to report.

Code, describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity 
of the group

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:

the directors’ confirmation on page 24 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision C.2.1 
of the Code, that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to.

the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being 
managed or mitigated.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to.

the directors’ explanation on page 27 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision C.2.2 
of the Code, as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether 
they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the group and the directors’ statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our review was substantially less in 
scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking 
that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statements are consistent 
with the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our audit. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

Adequacy of information and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

67

Other required reporting continued
Corporate governance statement
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to ten further provisions 
of the Code. We have nothing to report having performed our review. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Our responsibilities and those of the directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 61, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs (UK & Ireland). 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: 

 — whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately 

disclosed; 

 — the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and 

 — the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the directors’ judgments against available evidence, forming our own judgments, 
and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide a 
reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive 
procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements 
or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of Norcros plc for the year ended 31 March 2016 and on the 
information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.

Martin Heath (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Manchester

14 June 2016

68

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Continuing operations

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

IAS 19R administrative expenses

Acquisition related costs

Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Finance costs

Exceptional finance costs

Total finance costs

Finance income

IAS 19R finance cost

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company

Basic earnings per share:

From continuing operations

From discontinued operations

From profit for the year

Diluted earnings per share:

From continuing operations

From discontinued operations

From profit for the year

Weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share (millions)

Non-GAAP measures:

Underlying profit before taxation (£m)

Underlying earnings (£m)

Basic underlying earnings per share

Diluted underlying earnings per share

Notes

2016
£m

2015*
£m

2

23

5

5

6

6

6

6

23

7

29

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

8

8

9

9

235.9

222.1

21.3

(1.7)

(5.2)

2.3

16.7

(1.1)

—

(1.1)

1.2

(1.4)

15.4

(2.4)

13.0

—

13.0

21.4p

—

21.4p

20.8p

—

20.8p

60.6

20.4

17.3

28.5p

27.8p

17.0

(1.7)

(2.2)

(2.5)

10.6

(1.4)

(0.4)

(1.8)

3.3

(1.1)

11.0

(2.9)

8.1

0.1

8.2

13.6p

0.2p

13.8p

13.1p

0.2p

13.3p

59.2

15.8

13.0

21.9p

21.1p

*  The prior year comparatives have been restated where required to reflect the 10:1 share consolidation completed on 29 September 2015.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

69

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income and expense:

Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to the Income Statement

Notes

2016
£m

13.0

2015
£m

8.2

Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations

23

(9.7)

(18.8)

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to the Income Statement

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Attributable to equity shareholders arising from:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Items in the statement are disclosed net of tax.

(6.1)

(15.8)

(2.8)

(2.8)

—

(2.8)

(0.6)

(19.4)

(11.2)

(11.4)

0.2

(11.2)

29

70

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AT 31 MARCH 2016

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Current tax liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Pension scheme liability

Other non-current liabilities

Provisions

Net assets

Financed by:

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings and other reserves

Total equity

Notes

11

12

13

21

15

16

20

17

18

20

19

19

23

25

22

24

2016
£m

32.5

12.2

38.2

10.5

93.4

60.1

50.9

2.5

5.9

2015
£m

22.2

4.7

37.6

13.8

78.3

52.2

40.5

2.1

5.6

119.4

100.4

(64.7)

(0.1)

—

(2.8)

(67.6)

51.8

145.2

(35.6)

(55.7)

(3.0)

(3.3)

(97.6)

47.6

6.1

1.1

40.4

47.6

(54.9)

(1.0)

(1.3)

(1.4)

(58.6)

41.8

120.1

(18.4)

(44.3)

(1.4)

(3.3)

(67.4)

52.7

6.0

1.0

45.7

52.7

The financial statements of Norcros plc, registered number 3691883, were approved on 14 June 2016 and signed on behalf of the Board by:

Nick Kelsall 
Group Chief Executive 

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

 
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Cash generated from operations 

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of investment property

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of investment property 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings (including payment of deferred consideration) 
net of cash acquired

Disposal of subsidiary undertakings net of cash divested

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital

Drawdown/(repayment) of borrowings

Costs of raising debt finance

Dividends paid to the Company’s shareholders

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts 

Cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

Exchange movements on cash and bank overdrafts

Cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts at the end of the year

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

71

Notes

26

29

27

2016
£m

18.5

(1.0)

(0.9)

16.6

—

—

—

(6.6)

(23.6)

—

(30.2)

0.1

17.0

—

(3.6)

13.5

(0.1)

4.2

(1.0)

3.1

2015
£m

16.2

(0.5)

(1.3)

14.4

6.1

0.4

(0.9)

(7.0)

(0.5)

3.8

1.9

0.2

(12.1)

(0.7)

(3.1)

(15.7)

0.6

3.7

(0.1)

4.2

The net change in cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts in the year from discontinued operations included in the above was £nil 
(2015: increase of £3.9m). Details are provided in note 29.

72

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

Ordinary
share
capital
£m

Share
premium
£m

Treasury
reserve
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Retained
earnings/
(losses)
£m

At 1 April 2014

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense:

Actuarial loss on retirement benefit obligations

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total other comprehensive expense

Transactions with owners:

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Share option schemes and warrants

At 31 March 2015

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense:

Actuarial loss on retirement benefit obligations

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total other comprehensive expense

Transactions with owners:

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Share option schemes and warrants

At 31 March 2016

5.8

0.9

—

—

—

—

0.2

—

—

6.0

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

6.1

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

1.0

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

1.1

—

—

—

—

—

(0.1)

—

—

(0.1)

—

—

—

—

(0.1)

—

0.2

—

(8.5)

67.3

8.2

8.2

—

—

(0.6)

(0.6)

—

—

—

—

—

(6.1)

(6.1)

—

—

—

(18.8)

—

(18.8)

—

(3.1)

1.3

(9.7)

—

(9.7)

—

(3.6)

1.0

(15.2)

55.6

(9.1)

54.9

13.0

13.0

Total
£m

65.5

(18.8)

(0.6)

(19.4)

0.2

(3.1)

1.3

52.7

(9.7)

(6.1)

(15.8)

0.1

(3.6)

1.2

47.6

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

73

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Group accounting policies
General information
Norcros plc (the Company), which is the ultimate Parent Company of the Norcros Group, is incorporated in England as a public 
company limited by shares. The shares of the Company are listed on the London Stock Exchange market of listed securities. The 
consolidated financial statements of the Group were approved by the Board on 14 June 2016.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for derivative financial 
instruments which are stated at their fair value. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as 
endorsed by the European Union issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), with the interpretations issued by the 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) of the IASB that are effective as of the Balance Sheet date and with 
those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. 
It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving 
a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements, are detailed in the section on critical estimates on pages 74 and 75. Although these estimates are based on management‘s 
best knowledge of amounts, events or actions, actual results may differ from expectations.

Going concern
At the time of approving the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence, and consequently they consider that it is appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of preparation.

Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to the information presented, unless otherwise stated.

New standards and amendments to standards or interpretations
The following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial year 
beginning 1 April 2015. No standards have been adopted early by the Group. None of these standards and interpretations has had any 
material effect on the Group’s results or net assets.

Standard or interpretation

Content

Amendment to IAS 19 (revised)
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2010–2012
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2011–2013

Employee benefits
Various
Various

Applicable 
for financial years
beginning on 
or after

1 April 2015
1 April 2015
1 April 2015

The following standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Group:

Standard or interpretation

Content

Amendment to IFRS 10
Amendment to IFRS 11
Amendment to IFRS 12
IFRS 14
Amendment to IAS 1
Amendment to IAS 16
Amendment to IAS 27
Amendment to IAS 28
Amendment to IAS 38
Amendment to IAS 41
Annual improvements to IFRSs 2014
Amendment to IAS 7
Amendment to IAS 12
IFRS 9
IFRS 15
IFRS 16

Consolidated financial statements
Joint arrangements
Disclosure of interests in other entities
Regulatory deferral accounts
Presentation of financial statements
Property, plant and equipment
Separate financial statements
Investments in associates and joint ventures
Intangible assets
Agriculture
Various
Statement of cash flows
Income taxes
Financial instruments: classification and measurement
Revenue from contracts with customers
Leases

Applicable 
for financial years
beginning on 
or after

1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2016
1 April 2017
1 April 2017
1 April 2018
1 April 2018
1 April 2019

74

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Group accounting policies continued
New standards and amendments to standards or interpretations continued
The previous standards, amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements 
with the exception of IFRS 16, ‘Leases’. Under IFRS 16 the present distinction between operating and finance leases will be removed, 
resulting in all leases being recognised on the Balance Sheet except for those with a very low value. At inception, a right-of-use asset will 
be recognised together with an equivalent liability reflecting the discounted lease payments over the estimated term of the lease. Whilst 
the overall cost of using the asset over the lease term should be the same, it is likely that the weighting of the charge between periods 
may differ due to the requirement to distinguish between the lease and non-lease elements of the agreement. Adoption of this standard 
is likely to result in an increase in gross assets and gross liabilities, and the Group will make an assessment of the full impact in due course.

Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out as follows. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all periods presented. 

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to or has rights 
to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of in the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on 
which the Group has the ability to exercise control, and are no longer consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring them into line with those used by the Group. 
All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

On acquisition, the assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are measured at their fair value at the date of acquisition 
and, where necessary, the accounting policies of acquired subsidiaries are adjusted to bring them in line with those of the Group. Any 
excess of the consideration (excluding payments contingent on future employment) over the fair values of the identifiable net assets 
acquired is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency in the cost of acquisition below the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired 
(discount on acquisition) is credited to the Income Statement in the period of acquisition. Payments that are contingent on future 
employment are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. All acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. 

Critical estimates
The Group’s accounting policies have been set by management and approved by the Audit Committee. The application of these 
accounting policies to specific scenarios requires estimates and assumptions to be made concerning the future. These are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results.

Under IFRS, estimates or judgments are considered critical where they involve a significant risk or cause a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities from period to period. This may be because the estimate or judgment involves matters which 
are highly uncertain, or because different estimation methods or assumptions could reasonably have been used.

Critical estimates have been made in the following areas:

 — acquired intangible fixed assets – intangible assets can only be recognised as part of a business combination where the intangible asset is 
separable from goodwill, can be reliably measured and is expected to generate future economic benefits. Judgment is required to assess 
whether these criteria are met and also to subsequently determine the appropriate assumptions which are used to place a value on the 
intangible asset. Had different assumptions been applied the valuation of acquired intangible assets could have differed from the amount 
ultimately recognised. Judgment is also needed to determine the useful economic lives of intangible assets and if a different period had 
been determined this could have resulted in amortisation charges differing from those actually recognised;

 — retirement benefit obligations – the present value of pension obligations depends on a number of factors that are determined on an 

actuarial basis using a number of assumptions. The assumptions used in determining the net expense for pensions principally include 
the discount rate and rate of inflation. Any changes in these assumptions can impact the carrying amount of retirement benefit 
obligations (see note 23); 

 — deferred tax – deferred tax assets are recognised on losses and capital allowances carried forward only to the extent that it is probable 

they will be available for use against future profits and that there will be sufficient future taxable profit available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised. In arriving at a judgment in relation to the recognition of deferred tax assets, management 
considers the regulations applicable to taxation and whether there are likely to be sufficient future taxable profits. Future taxable profits 
may be higher or lower than estimates made when determining whether it is appropriate to record a tax asset and the amount to be 
recorded. Furthermore changes to the legislative framework or application of tax law may result in a management reassessment of 
the level of recognition of deferred tax assets; and

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

75

1. Group accounting policies continued
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation continued
Critical estimates continued
 — customer rebate, incentive and promotional support accruals – a number of the Group’s customers are offered rebates, incentives and 
promotional support in order to encourage trade and cement strong relationships. Accounting for such arrangements involves judgment 
as agreement periods typically run for a number of months or years, and may involve assumptions around volumes of product purchased 
or sold into the future. However, where applicable, accrual calculations are underpinned by signed contracts and there has historically 
been a strong correlation between the amounts accrued in respect of a particular period and the amounts subsequently paid.

Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services provided alongside the supply of goods 
in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities and is shown net of value added and other sales-based taxes, customer rebates, 
incentives, discounts and promotional support.

Revenue is recognised when significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods are transferred to the buyer, which is usually on 
despatch or upon sale to a customer in the case of the Group’s retail operations.

Revenue received in respect of extended warranties is recognised over the period of the warranty.

Customer rebates, incentives, discounts and promotional support
Accrual is made at each Balance Sheet date to reflect management’s best estimate of amounts to be paid in respect of arrangements in 
place with customers regarding rebates, incentives, discounts and promotional support. The cost of rebates, incentives, discounts and 
promotional support which have been paid or are accrued at the Balance Sheet date is shown as a deduction from revenue.

Segmental reporting
The Group operates in two main geographical areas: the UK and South Africa. All inter-segment transactions are made on an arm’s 
length basis. The chief operating decision maker (being the Board) assesses performance and allocates resources based on geography 
and accordingly segments have been determined on this basis. Corporate costs are allocated to segments on the basis of external turnover.

Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever there is an indicator of impairment. Goodwill 
is carried at cost less amortisation charged prior to the Group’s transition to IFRS on 1 April 2004 less accumulated impairment losses. 
Any impairment is recognised in the period in which it is identified. 

Intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets comprise customer relationships, brands, trade names and patents recognised as separately identifiable assets on 
acquisition as well as development costs which meet the criteria for capitalisation (as explained below in the accounting policy for research 
and development costs). They are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation, with amortisation being charged on a straight-line basis.

The estimated useful lives of Group assets are as follows:

Customer relationships 

15 years

Brands, trade name and patents 

8–15 years

Development costs  

5 years

Impairment of long-life assets
Property, plant and equipment, investment properties and other non-current assets are reviewed on an annual basis to determine 
whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If any such 
indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated as either the higher of the asset’s net selling price or value in use; 
the resultant impairment (the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount) is recognised 
as a charge in the Income Statement.

The value in use is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of assets and their 
eventual disposal proceeds. In order to calculate the present value of estimated future cash flows the Group uses an appropriate 
discount rate adjusted for any associated risk. Estimated future cash flows used in the impairment calculation represent management’s 
best view of likely future market conditions and current decisions on the use of each asset or asset group.

 
 
76

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Group accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is initially measured at cost. Cost comprises the purchase price (after deducting trade discounts and rebates) 
and any directly attributable costs. Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for 
impairment in value. Impairment charges are recognised in the Income Statement when the carrying amount of an asset is greater than the 
estimated recoverable amount, calculated with reference to future discounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate when 
considered as part of an income-generating unit. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is provided on a straight-line basis 
to write down assets to their residual value evenly over the estimated useful lives of the assets from the date of acquisition by the Group. 

The estimated useful lives of Group assets are as follows:

Buildings 

25–50 years

Plant and equipment  3–15 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each Balance Sheet date.

Investment property
Investment property comprises mainly land and relates to property which is either sub-let to a third party or is not being utilised in the 
Group’s core operations. Investment property is held at cost less depreciation on buildings (land is not depreciated). Investment property 
is depreciated over 50 years.

Assets held-for-sale
Assets and disposal groups classified as held-for-sale are measured at the lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to dispose of.

Assets and disposal groups are only classified as held-for-sale if their carrying value will be recovered through a sale transaction as opposed 
to continuing use, and only when such a sale transaction is deemed highly probable. Such a sale transaction should be expected to 
complete within one year and accordingly assets and disposal groups held-for-sale are included within current assets in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet, with the associated liabilities included within current liabilities.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials, and, where applicable, labour and 
overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realisable value is the estimated 
selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Provisions are made for slow-moving and 
obsolete items.

Taxation
Current tax, which comprises UK and overseas corporation tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the Balance Sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the Balance Sheet and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profits and is accounted for using the Balance 
Sheet liability method.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset is realised 
and is charged in the Income Statement, except where it relates to items charged or credited to equity via the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, when the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity and is shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Operating leases
Annual rentals are charged/credited directly to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Provisions
Warranty provisions – provision is made for the estimated liability on products under warranty. Liability is recognised upon the sale of a 
product and is estimated using historical data.

Restructuring provisions – provision is made for costs of restructuring activities to be carried out by the Group when the Group is 
demonstrably committed to incurring the cost in a future period and the cost can be reliably measured.

Property provisions – where the Group has vacated a property but is committed to a leasing arrangement, an onerous lease provision is 
recorded. This is calculated as the cost that management expects to incur over the period of the lease, which is net of any expected 
future sub-lease income.

Provisions are measured at the best estimate of the amount to be spent and discounted where material.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

77

1. Group accounting policies continued
Employee benefits
The Group operates various post-employment schemes, including both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and 
post-employment medical plans.

(a) Pension obligations
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no 
legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits 
relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan.

Typically defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on 
one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation.

The liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined 
benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually 
by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by 
discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency 
in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in 
other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise, net of the related deferred tax.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in income.

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a 
mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The 
contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the 
extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

(b) Other post-employment obligations
Some Group companies provide post-retirement healthcare benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually 
conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected 
costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using the same accounting methodology as used for defined benefit 
pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or 
credited to equity in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. These obligations are valued annually by 
independent qualified actuaries.

(c) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an 
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the 
following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a 
restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to 
encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the 
offer. Benefits falling due more than twelve months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value.

(d) Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit sharing, based on a formula that takes into consideration the 
profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognises a provision where contractually 
obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

78

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Group accounting policies continued
Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in accordance with the requirements of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’. They 
include profits and losses on disposal of non-current assets outside the normal course of business, restructuring costs and large or 
significant one-off items which in management’s judgment need to be disclosed to enable the user to obtain a proper understanding of 
the Group’s financial performance.

IAS 19R administrative expenses
As a result of the implementation of IAS 19R, the administrative expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with managing the 
Group’s pension schemes are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Acquisition related costs
Acquisition related costs includes deferred remuneration, amortisation of acquired intangibles, the costs of maintaining an internal 
acquisitions department and professional advisory fees connected with business combination activity.

Financial assets and liabilities
Borrowings – the Group measures all borrowings initially at fair value. This is taken to be the fair value of the consideration received. 
Transaction costs (any such costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the issue of the financial instrument) are included in 
the calculation of the effective interest rate and are, in effect, amortised through the Income Statement over the duration of the borrowing.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
twelve months after the Balance Sheet date.

Treasury derivatives – where deemed necessary, the Group uses interest rate swaps to manage exposure to interest rate fluctuations. 
The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations is managed through the use of forward exchange contracts and cross 
currency swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair 
value. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognised immediately within finance cost/income in the Income Statement. 

Cash and cash equivalents – cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. Cash 
and cash equivalents are offset against overdrafts and borrowings when there is a legally enforceable right to do so.

Trade receivables – trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently reviewed for impairment. A provision for impairment 
of trade receivables is established where there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according 
to the original terms of receivables. Evidence including significant financial difficulties of a debtor, probability that the debtor will enter 
bankruptcy or financial re-organisation and default or delinquency in payment are considered indicators that the trade receivables are 
impaired. The amount of provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account 
and the amount of loss is recognised in the Income Statement within administration costs. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is 
written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited 
against administration costs in the Income Statement.

Trade payables – trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Fair value estimation
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using quoted forward exchange rates at the Balance Sheet date. 
The Group determines the fair value of its remaining financial instruments through the use of estimated discounted cash flows. The fair 
value of interest rate and cross currency swaps is calculated as the net present value of the estimated future cash flows.

The carrying values less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate to their fair values due to 
their short-term nature. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual 
cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Research and development
Expenditure on research is charged against profits for the year in which it is incurred. Development costs are capitalised once the 
technical feasibility of a project has been established and a business plan, which demonstrates how the project will generate future 
economic benefits, has been approved. Development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives from 
the point at which the asset is capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in 
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders, or when paid if earlier.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

79

1. Group accounting policies continued
Foreign currency transactions
Functional currency
Items included in the financial statements of each entity in the Group are measured using the currency that best reflects the economic 
substance of the underlying events and circumstances relevant to that entity (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements 
are presented in Sterling, which is the functional and presentational currency of the parent entity.

Transactions and balances
Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at rates applicable at the year 
end and trading results of overseas subsidiaries at average rates for the year. Exchange gains and losses of a trading nature are dealt with 
in arriving at operating profit. 

Translation of overseas net assets
Exchange gains and losses arising on the retranslation of overseas net assets and results are taken directly to reserves.

Share capital
Issued share capital is recorded in the Balance Sheet at nominal value with any premium at that date of issue being credited to the share 
premium account.

Treasury shares
The cost of the purchase of own shares is taken directly to reserves and is included in the treasury reserve.

Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The fair value of the employee services received in 
exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Non-market vesting 
conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each Balance Sheet date, the Company 
revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

2. Segmental reporting
The Group operates in two main geographical areas: the UK and South Africa. All inter-segment transactions are made on an arm’s 
length basis. The chief operating decision maker (being the Board) assesses performance and allocates resources based on geography 
and accordingly segments have been determined on this basis. Corporate costs are allocated to segments on the basis of external turnover.

Continuing operations — year ended 31 March 2016

Revenue

Underlying operating profit
IAS 19R administrative expenses
Acquisition related costs
Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Finance costs (net)
Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Net debt

Segmental assets
Segmental liabilities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

UK
£m

163.0

17.2
(1.7)
(5.2)
2.3

12.6

163.1
(149.3)
3.8
(0.1)
3.8

South
Africa
£m

72.9

4.1
—
—
—

4.1

49.7
(15.9)
2.4
—
1.7

Group
£m

235.9

21.3
(1.7)
(5.2)
2.3

16.7

(1.3)
15.4
(2.4)

13.0

(32.5)

212.8
(165.2)
6.2
(0.1)
5.5

Revenues of £31.4m (2015: £34.2m) are derived from a single customer. These revenues are attributable to the UK segment. 

80

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

2. Segmental reporting continued
Continuing operations — year ended 31 March 2015

Revenue

Underlying operating profit
IAS 19R administrative expenses
Acquisition related costs
Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Finance costs (net)

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Net debt

Segmental assets
Segmental liabilities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

UK
£m

149.1

13.8
(1.7)
(2.2)
(2.3)

7.6

124.3
(110.8)
3.8
0.4
6.1
(0.1)
4.0

South
Africa
£m

73.0

3.2
—
—
(0.2)

3.0

54.4
(15.2)
3.1
—
—
—
2.0

3. Operating profit
The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit other than those related to discontinued operations:

Staff costs (see note 4)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (all owned assets)
Amortisation of intangible assets
Other operating lease rentals payable – continuing operations:
– plant and machinery
– other
Research and development expenditure
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment – exceptional (see note 5)
Loss on disposal of investment property – exceptional (see note 5)

All items relate to continuing operations unless otherwise stated.

2016
£m

48.4
5.5
0.9

2.0
2.6
3.5
0.1
—
—

Group
£m

222.1

17.0
(1.7)
(2.2)
(2.5)

10.6

0.4

11.0
(2.9)

8.1

(14.2)

178.7
(126.0)
6.9
0.4
6.1
(0.1)
6.0

2015
£m

44.1
6.0
0.3

1.6
2.6
2.7
0.1
(0.4)
1.5

Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor and its associates:

Audit of the Parent Company and consolidated financial statements
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Tax advice
Other services – due diligence services

2016
£m

0.1
0.2
—
0.2

0.5

2015
£m

0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2

0.5

4. Employees

Staff costs from continuing operations:
– wages and salaries
– social security costs 
– share-based payments
Pension (credits)/costs:
– defined benefit
– defined contribution

Staff costs from discontinued operations:
– wages and salaries
– social security costs 

Total staff costs

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

81

2016
£m

41.9
3.0
1.2

(0.4)
2.7

48.4

—
—

—

48.4

2015
£m

38.8
2.7
1.3

(1.7)
2.6

43.7

0.3
0.1

0.4

44.1

Included in wages and salaries was £nil (2015: £0.3m) of redundancy costs which were classified as exceptional items in the Income 
Statement. Additionally, the defined benefit pension credit of £0.4m (2015: £1.7m) was also recognised as an exceptional item. Further 
details are provided in note 5.

2016
Number

2015
Number

Average monthly numbers employed in continuing operations:
– UK
– overseas

Average monthly numbers employed in discontinued operations:
– overseas

Directors’ emoluments

Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments
Post-employment benefits

1,036
955

1,991

—

—

2016
£m

1.0
0.4
0.1

1.5

Further information about the Directors’ remuneration may be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 50 to 58.

Highest paid Director

Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments
Post-employment benefits

2016
£m

0.5
0.3
0.1

0.9

919
809

1,728

8

1,736

2015
£m

1.0
0.6
0.1

1.7

2015
£m

0.5
0.3
0.1

0.9

82

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

4. Employees continued
Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments
Post-employment benefits

2016
£m

2.2
0.8
0.2

3.2

Key management is defined as the Directors and officers of Norcros plc, together with the Managing Directors of the Group’s 
significant divisions.

5. Acquisition related costs and exceptional operating items
An analysis of acquisition related costs and exceptional operating items is shown below.

Acquisition related costs

Deferred remuneration1
Intangible asset amortisation2
Staff costs and advisory fees3

2016
£m

2.5
0.9
1.8

5.2

1.  In accordance with IFRS 3R, a proportion of deferred consideration payable to the former shareholders of Vado and Croydex is required to be treated as remuneration, 

and, accordingly, is expensed to the Income Statement as incurred.

2.  Non-cash amortisation charges in respect of intangible assets recognised following the acquisitions of Vado and Croydex (see note 12).

3.  Costs of maintaining an in-house acquisitions department and professional advisory fees incurred in connection with the Group’s business combination activities. 

In the year to 31 March 2016 this included £0.8m and £0.2m in connection with the acquisitions of Croydex and Abode respectively.

Exceptional operating items

Legal claim1
Pension scheme settlement gain2
Profit on disposal of residual property3
Sheffield lease surrender4
Loss on disposal of property portfolio5
Restructuring costs6

2016
£m

(1.9)
(0.4)
—
—
—
—

(2.3)

2015
£m

2.1
0.9
0.2

3.2

2015
£m

1.1
0.3
0.8

2.2

2015
£m

0.3
(1.7)
(0.4)
2.5
1.5
0.3

2.5

1.  A legal claim relating to the land at the Highgate site in Tunstall, UK, was settled in the year. Under the terms of the settlement with Wm Morrison Supermarkets plc, the Group 

received a payment of £2.0m. Costs in connection with the claim of £0.1m were incurred in the year (2015: £0.3m).

2.  In 2015 the Group undertook a number of liability management exercises in connection with its principal UK defined benefit pension scheme. The net impact of these exercises 

in 2015 was to reduce the net deficit by £1.7m with a further £0.4m reduction arising in 2016 (see note 23).

3.  A profit of £0.4m was generated in the prior year following the sale of a small parcel of land in Braintree, UK, which had a net book value of £nil.

4.  The Group acquired the freehold and exited its onerous lease in connection with the Orgreave Drive, Sheffield, property in November 2014 for total consideration of £3.4m, 

of which £2.5m was the cost of surrendering the lease.

5.  In March 2015, the Group’s remaining freehold surplus property portfolio was sold to Clowes Developments (UK) Ltd for net proceeds of £6.1m, being consideration of £6.5m 

net of £0.4m costs. This transaction included the property in Sheffield, amongst others, and led to a loss on disposal of £1.5m.

6.  Restructuring costs related to redundancies and asset write-downs following the implementation of a programme of restructuring initiatives throughout the Group’s business units.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

83

6. Finance income and costs

Finance costs
Interest payable on bank borrowings
Amortisation of costs of raising debt finance
Unwind of discount on property lease provisions

Finance costs

Exceptional finance costs1

Total finance costs

Finance income
Movement on fair value of derivative financial instruments

Net finance income

2016
£m

0.9
0.2
—

1.1

—

1.1

(1.2)

(0.1)

1.  Following the refinancing of the Group’s UK banking facilities in July 2014, the unamortised costs relating to the previous facility were written off in full.

7. Taxation
Taxation comprises:

Current
UK taxation
Deferred
Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Taxation

2016
£m

(0.8)

3.2

2.4

2015
£m

1.2
0.1
0.1

1.4

0.4

1.8

(3.3)

(1.5)

2015
£m

0.4

2.5

2.9

The tax for the year is different from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2015: 21%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2015: 21%)
Effects of:
– overprovision in prior years
– income/expenses not chargeable/deductible for tax purposes
– effect of different tax rates and change in rate of deferred tax
– origination and reversal of timing differences 
– previously unrecognised deferred tax assets

Total tax charge

2016
£m

15.4
3.1

(0.4)
0.8
0.1
0.2
(1.4)

2.4

2015
£m

11.0
2.3

(0.4)
0.9
0.1
—
—

2.9

84

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

8. Non-GAAP measures
Consolidated Income Statement 
The Directors believe that underlying profit before taxation and underlying earnings provide shareholders with additional useful information 
on the underlying performance of the Group. Underlying profit before taxation is defined as profit before taxation, IAS 19R administrative 
expenses, acquisition related costs, exceptional operating items, amortisation of costs of raising finance, net movement on fair value 
of derivative financial instruments, discounting of property lease provisions and finance costs relating to pension schemes.

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Adjusted for:
– IAS 19R administrative expenses
– acquisition related costs (see note 5)
– exceptional operating items (see note 5)
– amortisation of costs of raising finance
– amortisation of costs of raising finance – exceptional
– net movement on fair value of derivative financial instruments
– discount on property lease provisions
– IAS 19R finance cost

Underlying profit before taxation

Taxation attributable to underlying profit before taxation

Underlying earnings

2016
£m

15.4

1.7
5.2
(2.3)
0.2
—
(1.2)
—
1.4

20.4

(3.1)

17.3

2015
£m

11.0

1.7
2.2
2.5
0.1
0.4
(3.3)
0.1
1.1

15.8

(2.8)

13.0

EBITDA is a measure commonly used by investors and financiers to assess business performance. Underlying EBITDA has been 
provided which reflects EBITDA as adjusted for IAS 19R administrative expenses, acquisition related costs and exceptional operating items. 
The Directors consider that this measure provides shareholders with additional useful information on the performance of the Group.

Operating profit from continuing operations
Adjusted for:
– depreciation 
– IAS 19R administrative expenses
– acquisition related costs (see note 5)
– exceptional operating items (see note 5)

Underlying EBITDA

2016
£m

16.7

5.5
1.7
5.2
(2.3)

26.8

2015
£m

10.6

6.0
1.7
2.2
2.5

23.0

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Underlying operating cash flow is defined as cash generated from continuing operations before cash outflows from exceptional items 
and acquisition related costs and pension fund deficit recovery contributions. The Directors believe that underlying operating cash flow 
provides shareholders with additional useful information on the underlying cash generation of the Group.

Cash generated from continuing operations (see note 26)
Adjusted for:
– cash flows from exceptional items and acquisition related costs (see note 26)
– pension fund deficit recovery contributions (see note 26)

Underlying operating cash flow

2016
£m

18.5

(0.2)
2.1

20.4

2015
£m

16.1

4.7
2.1

22.9

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

85

8. Non-GAAP measures continued
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
Underlying capital employed is used to calculate underlying return on capital employed, one of the Group’s key performance indicators, 
and reflects the value of the assets used to generate underlying operating profit from continuing operations. Consequently, adjustments 
are made to remove assets and liabilities that do not impact underlying operating profit from continuing operations and to remove the 
average impact of exchange rate movements.

Net assets 
Adjusted for:
– pension scheme liability (net of associated tax) 
– cash and cash equivalents 
– financial liabilities – borrowings 

Capital employed

– adjustment for acquisitions 
– foreign exchange adjustment 

Underlying capital employed

2016
£m

47.6

45.7
(5.9)
38.4

125.8

(3.1)
0.6

123.3

2015
£m

52.7

35.4
(5.6)
19.8

102.3

9.7
(2.8)

109.2

9. Earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year, excluding those held in the Norcros Employee Benefit Trust. The prior year comparatives have been restated to reflect 
the 10:1 share consolidation which took place on 29 September 2015.

For diluted EPS, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential dilutive 
ordinary shares. At 31 March 2016 the potential dilutive ordinary shares amounted to 1,639,137 (2015: 2,303,299 as restated) as calculated 
in accordance with IAS 33.

The calculation of EPS is based on the following profits and numbers of shares:

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share
Share options and warrants

Weighted average number of shares for diluted earnings per share

2016
£m

13.0
—

13.0

2016
Number

2015
£m

8.1
0.1

8.2

2015
Number
(restated)

60,590,559
1,639,137

59,223,135
2,303,299

62,229,696

61,526,434

86

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

9. Earnings per share continued
Basic and diluted earnings per share continued

Basic earnings per share:
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations

From profit for the year

Diluted earnings per share:
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations

From profit for the year

2016

21.4p
—

21.4p

20.8p
—

20.8p

2015
(restated)

13.6p
0.2p

13.8p

13.1p
0.2p

13.3p

Basic and diluted underlying earnings per share
Basic and diluted underlying earnings per share has also been provided which reflects underlying earnings from continuing operations 
divided by the weighted average number of shares set out above. 

2016
£m

2015
£m

Underlying earnings (see note 8)

Basic underlying earnings per share
Diluted underlying earnings per share

10. Share-based payments

17.3

13.0

2016

28.5p
27.8p

2015
(restated)

21.9p
21.1p

Weighted
 average 
share price
 at date of
 exercise

Exercise
 price
per share

1 April
2015
(restated)

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

31 March
2016

Date from
which
exercisable

Expiry
date

Approved Performance Share Plan 2011 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 2012 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 2013 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 2014 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 2015 (APSP)
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2013 (DBP)
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2014 (DBP)
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2015 (DBP)
Save As You Earn Scheme (4) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (5) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (6) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (7) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (8) (SAYE)

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
101p
118p
191p
158p
180p

—

11,131
200p 1,208,577
— 304,036
— 864,288
—
—
—
—
170p
173p

51,838
69,679

23,381
90,913
— 111,390
— 313,856
—

—
(9,065)

—
—
— (1,186,025)
—
—
— 770,152
—
—
— 90,159
—
—
—
—
— 154,800

11,131 01.09.14 01.09.21
13,487 28.07.15 28.07.22
— (92,138) 211,898 27.09.16 27.09.23
— (136,097)
728,191 23.07.17 23.07.24
— (106,744) 663,408 22.07.18 22.07.25
—
51,838 26.09.16 26.09.26
—
—
69,679 23.07.17 23.07.27
—
—
90,159 22.07.18 22.07.28
—
(3,563)
(19,818)
— 01.03.15 31.08.15
(6,283)
3,050 01.03.16 31.08.16
(81,580)
98,165 01.03.17 31.08.17
— (13,225)
— (22,815) 291,041 01.03.18 31.08.18
— 154,800 01.03.19 31.08.19
—

The opening balances at 1 April 2015 in the table above have been restated to reflect the 10:1 share consolidation which took place on 
29 September 2015.

Details of the terms of the APSP and SAYE scheme are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

87

10. Share-based payments continued
In accordance with IFRS 2, the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments to employees is determined at the date of grant and is 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. A charge of £1.2m 
was recognised in respect of share options in the period (2015: £1.3m). The Group uses a Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the 
annual charge for its share-based payments. The assumptions used in this model for each share-based payment are as follows: 

Date of grant
Initial exercise price
Number of shares granted initially
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield

Date of grant
Initial exercise price
Number of shares granted initially
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield

Date of grant
Initial exercise price
Number of shares granted initially
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield

SAYE (4)

SAYE (5)

SAYE (6)

SAYE (7)

SAYE (8)

20.12.11
101p
300,149
59.5%
3 years
2.0%
3.0%

20.12.12
118p
122,946
44.2%
3 years
2.1%
3.0%

20.12.13
191p
153,704
42.7%
3 years
1.5%
2.3%

19.12.14
158p
315,269
42.8%
3 years
2.4%
2.6%

15.12.15
180p
154,800
36.2%
3 years
1.7%
2.6%

APSP 2011

APSP 2012

APSP 2013

APSP 2014

APSP 2015

01.09.11
Nil
704,503
65.7%
3 years
2.0%
3.0%

28.07.12
Nil
1,252,056
44.2%
3 years
2.1%
3.0%

27.09.13
Nil
304,040
42.7%
3 years
1.5%
2.3%

23.07.14
Nil
864,301
42.8%
3 years
2.4%
2.6%

22.07.15
Nil
770,152
36.2%
3 years
1.9%
2.6%

DBP 2013

DBP 2014

DBP 2015

26.09.13
Nil
51,838
56.1%
3 years
2.0%
3.0%

23.07.14
Nil
69,679
45.6%
3 years
1.7%
3.0%

22.07.15
Nil
90,159
43.3%
3 years
3.2%
2.3%

The share price at 31 March 2016 was 166p. The average price during the year was 185p. Expected volatility is based on historical 
volatility over the last three years’ data of the Company.

88

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

11. Goodwill

At the beginning of the year
Additions
Exchange differences

2016
£m

22.2
10.7
(0.4)

32.5

2015
£m

22.1
0.2
(0.1)

22.2

Further information on the goodwill arising from the acquisitions of Croydex (£7.8m) and Abode (£2.9m) during the year is provided 
in note 30. In the previous year the Group’s Tile Africa business acquired a store in Port Elizabeth which had previously operated as a 
franchise for a consideration of £0.3m, of which £0.2m was paid during the year. Net assets of £0.1m were acquired and consequently 
goodwill of £0.2m was recognised in connection with the transaction.

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs). A summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below:

Croydex (see note 30(a))
Abode (see note 30(b))
Triton Showers
Tile Africa Group

2016
£m

7.8
2.9
19.1
2.7

32.5

2015
£m

—
—
19.1
3.1

22.2

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined by a value-in-use calculation. These calculations use cash flow projections derived from 
data and metrics used on an ongoing basis, with the key assumptions being those regarding discount rates, growth rates, future gross 
margin improvements and cash flows. 

The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are:

 — cash flows before income taxes are based on approved budgets and detailed forecasts for the first five years; and

 — pre-tax discount rates of 9.0% (2015: 9.0%) in the UK and 17.8% (2015: 16.3%) in South Africa based upon the risk free rate for government 
bonds adjusted for a risk premium to reflect the increased risk of investing in equities and investing in the Group’s specific sectors 
and regions.

Management has applied sensitivities to the key assumptions and believes that there are no reasonably possible scenarios which would 
result in an impairment of goodwill.

12. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2015
Additions
Acquisitions (see note 30(a))

At 31 March 2016

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 April 2014
Charge for the year

At 31 March 2015
Charge for the year

At 31 March 2016

Net book amount at 31 March 2015

Net book amount at 31 March 2016

Customer
 relationships
£m

Brands, 
trade names 
and patents
£m

Development
 costs
£m

—
—
6.6

6.6

—
—

—
0.5

0.5

—

6.1

5.4
—
1.3

6.7

0.4
0.3

0.7
0.4

1.1

4.7

5.6

—
0.5
—

0.5

—
—

—
—

—

—

Total
£m

5.4
0.5
7.9

13.8

0.4
0.3

0.7
0.9

1.6

4.7

0.5

12.2

13. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 April 2014
Exchange differences
Additions
Transfers to investment properties (see note 14)
Disposals

At 31 March 2015
Exchange differences
Additions
Acquisitions
Reclassification
Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2014
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 31 March 2015
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 31 March 2016

Net book amount at 31 March 2015

Net book amount at 31 March 2016

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

89

Land and
buildings
£m

Plant and
equipment
£m

30.2
(0.1)
0.3
(0.1)
—

30.3
(1.1)
1.1
1.7
0.1
—

32.1

11.6
(0.1)
1.1
—

12.6
(0.2)
1.1
—

13.5

17.7

18.6

77.5
(0.2)
6.6
—
(3.2)

80.7
(3.5)
5.1
0.3
(0.1)
(3.1)

79.4

59.2
(0.2)
4.9
(3.1)

60.8
(2.4)
4.4
(3.0)

59.8

19.9

19.6

Total
£m

107.7
(0.3)
6.9
(0.1)
(3.2)

111.0
(4.6)
6.2
2.0
—
(3.1)

111.5

70.8
(0.3)
6.0
(3.1)

73.4
(2.6)
5.5
(3.0)

73.3

37.6

38.2

Plant and equipment includes motor vehicles, computer equipment, and plant and machinery. There were no assets held under finance 
leases in either year.

14. Investment properties

Cost
At 1 April 2014
Additions
Transfers from property, plant and equipment
Transfers from other receivables
Disposals

At 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2014
Disposals

At 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016

Net book amount at 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016

Investment
property
£m

5.4
0.9
0.1
2.6
(9.0)

—

1.0
(1.0)

—

—

90

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

14. Investment properties continued
Investment properties were held at cost and depreciated over 50 years with the exception of land which was not depreciated. Rental 
income receivable in the year was £nil (2015: £0.5m).

During the previous year the Company completed the exit of its legacy lease and acquired the freehold interest in a property on 
Orgreave Drive, Sheffield. This property was vacated by the Company in 2008 as it was surplus to requirements and consequently was 
treated as an onerous lease. The total consideration relating to the transaction was £3.4m, of which £2.5m was in relation to the lease 
surrender (see note 5) and the balance of £0.9m to the property. 

In December 2014 the Company reached an agreement with Clowes Developments (UK) Ltd to dispose of its entire investment property 
portfolio for consideration of £6.5m cash. Completion occurred on 2 March 2015 resulting in a loss on disposal of £1.5m which was 
recognised as an exceptional operating item in the prior year (see note 5). As part of the agreement, the Company sold a small parcel of 
land with a value of £0.1m which had previously been included within property, plant and equipment. The Company had also incurred 
planning and development costs of £2.6m which had been reported within other receivables. Accordingly, both of these items were 
reclassified as investment property prior to the disposal taking place.

15. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods

2016
£m

10.3
0.8
49.0

60.1

2015
£m

9.8
0.7
41.7

52.2

Provisions held against inventories totalled £4.0m (2015: £2.7m).

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense within cost of sales in the Income Statement amounted to £124.8m (2015: £106.7m).

During the year the Group charged £1.3m (2015: £0.9m) of inventory write-downs to the Income Statement within cost of sales.

16. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2016
£m

47.7
(0.4)

47.3
0.9
2.7

50.9

2015
£m

37.8
(0.3)

37.5
0.6
2.4

40.5

The fair value of trade receivables does not differ materially from the book value.

Taking into account the Group’s credit insurance, management believes that no further material provision is required for impairment of 
receivables. Trade receivable credit exposure is controlled by credit limits that are set and reviewed by operational management on a 
regular basis.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
South African Rand

2016
£m

41.1
9.8

50.9

2015
£m

31.8
8.7

40.5

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

91

16. Trade and other receivables continued
Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Provision for receivables impairment
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable 
Acquisitions

At the end of the year

2016
£m

0.3
0.1
(0.1)
0.1

0.4

As at 31 March 2016, trade receivables of £40.6m (2015: £30.9m) were fully performing.

The creation and release of the provision for impaired receivables has been included in administration costs in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Amounts charged to this provision are generally written off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

As of 31 March 2016, trade receivables of £0.4m (2015: £0.3m) were impaired and provided for. The individually impaired receivables 
were impaired at 100% of their gross value (2015: 100%). The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

Less than three months
Greater than three months

2016
£m

0.1
0.3

0.4

At 31 March 2016 trade receivables of £6.7m (2015: £6.6m) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of independent 
customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these receivables is as follows:

Up to one month
One to two months
Two to three months
Greater than three months

2016
£m

4.7
0.7
0.3
1.0

6.7

2015
£m

0.3
0.1
(0.1)
—

0.3

2015
£m

0.1
0.2

0.3

2015
£m

5.3
0.5
0.5
0.3

6.6

As noted above, the Group maintains a credit insurance policy which significantly limits its exposure to credit risk. The Group does not 
hold any collateral as security.

The other categories within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

92

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

17. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Cash and cash equivalents includes the following for the purposes of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement:

Cash at bank and in hand
Less: bank overdrafts (see note 19)

2016
£m

5.9

2016
£m

5.9
(2.8)

3.1

2015
£m

5.6

2015
£m

5.6
(1.4)

4.2

Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited as the counterparties are banks with strong credit ratings assigned by international 
credit rating agencies. 

18. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other tax and social security payables
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income

The fair value of trade payables does not differ materially from the book value.

19. Financial liabilities – borrowings

Non-current 
Bank borrowings (unsecured):
– bank loans
– less: costs of raising finance

Total non-current

Current
Bank borrowings (unsecured):
– bank overdrafts (see note 17)

Total borrowings

The fair value of bank loans equals their carrying amount, as they bear interest at floating rates. 

The repayment terms of borrowings are as follows:

Not later than one year
After more than one year:
– between one and two years
– between two and five years
– costs of raising finance

Total borrowings

2016
£m

38.9
3.3
2.9
19.6

64.7

2016
£m

36.0
(0.4)

35.6

2.8

38.4

2016
£m

2.8

—
36.0
(0.4)

35.6

38.4

2015
£m

33.9
3.2
1.8
16.0

54.9

2015
£m

19.0
(0.6)

18.4

1.4

19.8

2015
£m

1.4

—
19.0
(0.6)

18.4

19.8

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

93

19. Financial liabilities – borrowings continued
Capital risk management
In July 2014 the Group agreed a new unsecured £70m revolving credit facility with a £30m accordion facility with Lloyds Bank plc, 
Barclays Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc. The facility has a five-year tenure and consequently expires in July 2019.

The facility provides the Group with a sound financial structure for the medium term with £28.8m of headroom being available at 
31 March 2016 (2015: £44.1m), after taking into account net debt and ancillary facilities in use of £2.4m (2015: £5.5m). The Group has 
been in compliance with all banking covenants during the year.

Interest rate profile
The effective interest rates at the Balance Sheet dates were as follows:

Bank loans
Overdraft

2016
%

1.9
1.9

2015
%

1.7
1.7

At 31 March 2016 the bank loans carried interest based on LIBOR plus a margin of 1.4% (2015: 1.2%). Overdrafts carry interest at base rate 
plus a margin of 1.4% (2015: 1.2%). 

Net debt
The Group’s net debt is calculated as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Total borrowings

Currency profile of net debt
The carrying value of the Group’s net debt is denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
South African Rand

2016
£m

(5.9)
38.4

32.5

2016
£m

37.0
(0.3)
0.3
(4.5)

32.5

2015
£m

(5.6)
19.8

14.2

2015
£m

21.3
(0.3)
(1.6)
(5.2)

14.2

20. Financial instruments
During the year the Group held financial instruments for two purposes:

 — financial instruments relating to the operations, financing and risks of the Group’s operations; and

 — financial instruments relating to the financing and risks of the Group’s bank debt.

Financial risk management 
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and energy price risk); 
credit risk; and liquidity risk. The Group actively seeks to limit the adverse effects of these risks on the financial performance of the Group.

94

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

20. Financial instruments continued
Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currencies, primarily US Dollars, 
the Euro and the South African Rand. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities 
and net investments in foreign operations.

Through its centralised treasury function the Group seeks to hedge its UK-based transactional foreign exchange risk on a rolling annual 
basis through the use of forward exchange contracts and similar hedging instruments. The Group’s principal UK-based foreign currency 
exposures are largely hedged until at least March 2017 based on current forecasts. In the overseas businesses the policy is to hedge the 
local transactional risk to the extent this is permitted and not cost prohibitive.

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translational risk. The Group 
seeks to mitigate this exposure through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies to the extent that this is considered 
to be commercially beneficial.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. The Group has the ability to secure a substantial proportion of its bank 
loans at fixed rates via interest rate swaps. However, due to the current level of debt and historically low UK LIBOR rates, the Group has 
decided not to take out any such swaps at the present time. This position is regularly reassessed.

Energy price risk
Certain Group businesses, particularly those involved in tile manufacturing, are exposed to market fluctuations in energy prices. The 
Group closely monitors changes in market prices and expected future requirements and seeks to secure a proportion of its key energy 
requirements using forward purchase contracts where it is believed to be necessary. 

Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, 
as well as credit exposures to customers. Each Group business is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk of potential 
customers prior to offering credit terms and uses independent ratings agencies, past trading experience and other factors in order to 
assess the credit quality of the customer. Additionally, the Group maintains a credit insurance policy for all its operations which covers a 
substantial portion of the Group’s trade debtors. For banks and financial institutions only independently rated parties with a strong rating 
are accepted.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s banking facilities are designed to ensure there are sufficient funds available for current operations and the Group’s further 
development plans. Cash flow forecasting is performed by the Group’s businesses on a rolling basis and is monitored centrally to ensure 
that sufficient cash is available to meet operational needs while maintaining an appropriate level of headroom on undrawn committed 
borrowing facilities.

Financial instruments
The Group’s financial instruments comprise borrowings, cash, trade receivables and payables and forward exchange contracts. 
Based on the hierarchy defined in IFRS 7, the Group’s financial instruments are classified as level 2 instruments. Consequently, fair value 
measurements are derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the assets or liabilities, 
either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Derivative financial instruments carried at fair value through profit and loss

Forward foreign exchange contracts: 
– current

2016
Assets
£m

2.5

2016
Liabilities
£m

0.1

2015
Assets
£m

2.1

2015
Liabilities
£m

1.0

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The notional principal amounts of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 March 2016 were €10.7m, US$39.1m 
and CNY¥1.2m (2015: €19.1m, US$32.4m and CNY¥nil).

The related forecast transactions denominated in foreign currency are expected to occur at various dates during the next twelve 
months. Gains and losses recognised on forward exchange contracts to date have been taken to the Consolidated Income Statement.

Sensitivity analysis
IFRS 7 requires the disclosure of a sensitivity analysis that details the effects on the Group’s profit and loss and equity of reasonably 
possible fluctuations in market rates. To demonstrate these, hypothetical variations of 1% increase or decrease in market interest rates 
and 5% strengthening or weakening in major currencies have been chosen.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

95

20. Financial instruments continued
Sensitivity analysis continued
(A) 1% increase or decrease on market interest rates for most of the coming year
As the Group has net debt of £32.9m (excluding unamortised finance costs) the effect of a 1% change in market interest rates would be a 
change in the net finance costs of approximately £0.3m per annum.

(B) 5% strengthening or weakening in major currencies
A number of the Group’s assets are held overseas and as such variations in foreign currencies will affect the carrying value of these 
assets. A 5% strengthening of Sterling across all currencies would lead to a £1.6m devaluation in net assets. Likewise a 5% weakening in 
Sterling would lead to a £1.8m increase in net assets.

The Group’s profits and losses are exposed to both translational and transactional risk of fluctuations in foreign currency risk. The Group 
seeks to mitigate the majority of its transactional risk using forward foreign exchange contracts. After taking these hedges into account 
the effect of a 5% strengthening in both Sterling and South African Rand against all other currencies would be an increase in profits of 
£1.1m. Likewise a 5% weakening in both these currencies would lead to a £1.2m reduction in profits.

21. Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.

The main rate of UK corporation tax was reduced from 21% to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015. Further reductions to 19% from 1 April 2017 
and 18% from 1 April 2020 were announced on 8 July 2015 and were substantively enacted on 26 October 2015 and therefore the deferred 
tax asset at 31 March 2016 reflects this. It was announced in the 2016 Annual Budget Statement on 16 March 2016 that the rate would 
fall further from 1 April 2020 to 17%, though this amendment had not been substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date.

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method. The movement on the deferred tax account 
is as shown below:

2016
£m

Deferred tax asset at the beginning of the year
Charged to the Consolidated Income Statement
Credited to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Exchange differences
Acquisitions (see note 30)

Deferred tax asset at the end of the year

Accelerated capital allowances
Tax losses
Other timing differences
Deferred tax asset relating to pension deficit

The full potential asset for deferred tax is as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances
Tax losses
Other timing differences
Deferred tax asset relating to pension deficit

13.8
(3.2)
1.1
(0.4)
(0.8)

10.5

2016
£m

0.9
1.1
(1.5)
10.0

10.5

2016
£m

0.9
8.6
(1.5)
10.0

18.0

2015
£m

11.6
(2.5)
4.7
—
—

13.8

2015
£m

1.1
3.3
0.5
8.9

13.8

2015
£m

1.1
11.2
0.5
8.9

21.7

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £7.5m (2015: £7.9m) of tax losses as the Company does not believe that 
utilisation of these losses is probable.

96

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

22. Provisions

At 1 April 2014
Charged to the Income Statement
Amortisation of discount
Utilisation 

At 31 March 2015
Charged to the Income Statement
Utilisation 

At 31 March 2016

Warranty
provision
£m

Restructuring
provision
£m

UK property
provision
£m

1.4
1.2
—
(1.2)

1.4
1.1
(1.1)

1.4

0.3
0.3
—
(0.6)

—
—
—

—

2.7
—
0.1
(0.9)

1.9
—
—

1.9

Total
£m

4.4
1.5
0.1
(2.7)

3.3
1.1
(1.1)

3.3

The warranty provision has been recognised for expected claims on products which remain under warranty. It is expected that this 
expenditure will be incurred within five years of the Balance Sheet date.

The restructuring provision was recognised for expected liabilities arising from re-organisations.

The UK property provision relates to the expected liability arising from lease shortfall on the remaining surplus Group property.

23. Retirement benefit obligations
(a) Pension costs
Norcros Security Plan
The Norcros Security Plan (the Plan), the principal UK pension scheme of the Group’s UK subsidiaries, is funded by a separate trust fund 
which operates under UK trust law and is a separate legal entity from the Company. The Plan is governed by a Trustee board which is 
required by law to act in the best interests of the Plan members and is responsible for setting policies together with the Company. 
The Plan exposes the Company to actuarial risks such as longevity risk, interest rate risk, market (investment) risk and currency risk.

It is predominantly a defined benefit scheme, with a modest element of defined contribution benefits. Norcros plc itself has no 
employees other than the Directors and so has no liabilities in respect of these pension schemes. The scheme closed to new members 
and future accrual with effect from 1 April 2013, though active members retain a salary link. As a result of the closure a new defined 
contribution pension scheme was implemented to replace the Plan from the same date.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 16 years (2015: 16 years) and can be attributed 
to the scheme members as follows:

Employee members
Deferred members
Pensioner members

Total

2016

8%
31%
61%

100%

2015

10%
29%
61%

100%

The Plan assets do not include any investments in the Company or any property or other assets utilised by the Company. The Trustee 
holds insurance policies with various insurance companies that secure the pensions payable to specified beneficiaries. These policies 
remain assets of the Trustee but are not valued in the Plan assets or liabilities.

The Plan is funded by the Company based on a separate actuarial valuation for funding purposes for which the assumptions may differ 
from those opposite. Funding requirements are formally set out in the Statement of Funding Principles, Schedule of Contributions and 
Recovery Plan agreed between the Trustee and the Company. The March 2015 triennial actuarial valuation process for the Group’s UK 
defined benefit pension scheme has now been completed and shows a deficit of £73.5m (2012: £61.9m) representing an 84% funding 
level (2012: 85%). The increased deficit is driven predominantly by historically low gilt yields. A revised deficit recovery plan has been 
agreed with the Scheme Trustee, with a cash contribution of £2.5m per annum starting in April 2016, and increasing with CPI, payable 
over the next ten years. As a result of this new agreement employer deficit recovery contributions in the year to 31 March 2017 are 
expected to be £2.5m.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

97

23. Retirement benefit obligations continued
(a) Pension costs continued
Norcros Security Plan continued
In the previous year the Plan undertook a number of liability management exercises which resulted in a number of benefits being settled 
and some changes to pension increases in payment. The net impact of these exercises in 2015 was to reduce the net deficit by £1.7m 
with a further £0.4m reduction arising in 2016, which has been reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement as an exceptional 
operating item as follows:

2016
£m

2015
£m

Liabilities extinguished on settlements
Assets distributed on settlements
IAS 19R pension administration expenses – liability management exercises

Total

2.0
(1.6)
—

0.4

6.8
(4.4)
(0.7)

1.7

South Africa defined benefit schemes
The Group previously operated two separate defined benefit schemes for the benefit of the Group’s South African employees. 
These were the TAL Pension Fund and the Johnson Tiles Pension Fund. Both schemes were closed during the financial year ended 
31 March 2008 and replaced by defined contribution schemes.

Defined contribution pension schemes
Contributions made to these schemes amounted to £2.7m (2015: £2.6m), which includes £0.4m (2015: £0.4m) for the provision of life 
insurance cover.

(b) IAS 19R, ‘Employee benefits’
Norcros Security Plan
The valuation used for IAS 19R disclosures has been based on the most recent actuarial valuation at 31 March 2015 and updated by KPMG, 
a firm of qualified actuaries, to take account of the requirements of IAS 19R in order to assess the liabilities of the scheme at 31 March 2016. 
Scheme assets are stated at their market value at 31 March 2016.

(i) The principal assumptions used to calculate the scheme liabilities of the Norcros Security Plan under IAS 19R are:

Discount rate
Inflation rate (RPI)
Inflation rate (CPI)
Increase to deferred benefits during deferment (non-GMP liabilities)
Increases to pensions in payment (other than pre-1988 GMP liabilities)
Salary increases 

2016
Projected 
unit

3.55%
2.90%
1.90%
2.83%
2.83%
2.15%

2015
Projected
unit

3.30%
2.90%
1.90%
2.83%
2.83%
2.15%

The mortality assumptions are based on standard mortality tables which allow for future mortality improvements and are summarised below:

Life expectancy at age 65:
Current pensioners – males
Current pensioners – females
Future pensioners – males (currently aged 40)
Future pensioners – females (currently aged 40)

Members are assumed to take a 25% (2015: 25%) cash commutation sum on retirement.

2016

2015

21.4
23.7
23.2
25.7

21.4
23.7
23.1
25.6

98

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

23. Retirement benefit obligations continued
(b) IAS 19R, ‘Employee benefits’ continued
Norcros Security Plan continued
(ii) The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are as follows:

Included in operating profit:
IAS 19R pension administration expenses

Included in exceptional operating items:
Settlement gain

IAS 19R finance cost

Total amounts recognised in the Income Statement

(iii) The amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet are determined as follows:

Equities
Absolute return funds
Bonds 
Property
Liability-driven investments
Cash and gilts 

Total market value of scheme assets
Present value of scheme liabilities

Pension deficit

Each class of plan assets is considered to have a quoted market price in an active market.

(iv) The movement on scheme deficit in the year is as follows:

Deficit at the beginning of the year
Employer contributions – deficit recovery
Settlement gain
IAS 19R pension administration expenses
IAS 19R finance cost
Actuarial losses

Deficit at the end of the year

(v) The reconciliation of scheme assets is as follows:

Opening fair value of scheme assets
Employer contributions – deficit recovery
Interest income
Benefits paid
Actuarial (losses)/gains on scheme assets
Assets distributed on settlements
IAS 19R pension administration expenses – liability management exercises
IAS 19R pension administration expenses – routine

Closing fair value of scheme assets

2016
£m

1.7

(0.4)

1.4

2.7

Value at
31 March
2016
£m

91.4
84.1
147.8
19.9
19.8
2.9

365.9
(421.6)

(55.7)

2016
£m

(44.3)
2.1
0.4
(1.7)
(1.4)
(10.8)

(55.7)

2016
£m

397.0
2.1
12.7
(24.1)
(18.5)
(1.6)
—
(1.7)

365.9

2015
£m

1.7

(1.7)

1.1

1.1

Value at
31 March
2015
£m

78.9
158.3
157.2
—
—
2.6

397.0
(441.3)

(44.3)

2015
£m

(21.8)
2.1
1.7
(1.7)
(1.1)
(23.5)

(44.3)

2015
£m

383.8
2.1
16.0
(23.1)
25.0
(4.4)
(0.7)
(1.7)

397.0

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

99

23. Retirement benefit obligations continued
(b) IAS 19R, ‘Employee benefits’ continued
Norcros Security Plan continued
(vi) The reconciliation of scheme liabilities is as follows:

Opening scheme liabilities
Interest cost
Actuarial gains/(losses) arising from changes in financial assumptions
Experience losses on liabilities
Liabilities extinguished on settlements
Benefits paid

Closing fair value of scheme liabilities

(vii) Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

Actuarial losses
Deferred tax

(viii) Sensitivities
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the Plan’s liabilities are as follows:

Assumption

Discount rate – 0.1% decrease
Inflation – 0.1% increase
Increase in life expectancy by one year

2016
£m

(441.3)
(14.1)
14.6
(6.9)
2.0
24.1

(421.6)

2016
£m

(10.8)
1.1

(9.7)

2015
£m

(405.6)
(17.1)
(42.4)
(6.1)
6.8
23.1

(441.3)

2015
£m

(23.5)
4.7

(18.8)

Impact on scheme deficit 

2016
£m

5.9
5.5
12.8

2015
£m

6.4
5.3
12.6

The above sensitivities are applied to adjust the defined benefit obligation at the end of the year. Whilst the analysis does not take account of 
the full distribution of cash flows expected under the scheme, it does provide an approximation as to the sensitivity of the assumptions shown.

No changes have been made to the method and assumptions used in this analysis from those used in the previous year.

24. Called up share capital

Issued and fully paid
60,995,930 ordinary shares of 10p each
597,064,867 ordinary shares of 1p each

2016
£m

6.1
—

2015
£m

—
6.0

Following the approval by shareholders of the consolidation of 1p ordinary shares into ordinary shares of 10p at the Annual General Meeting 
of the Company held on 22 July 2015, the Company duly completed the share capital consolidation with a record date of 29 September 2015. 
As a result of the consolidation, the ordinary shares of 1p each were amended to new ordinary shares of 10p each. The share consolidation 
had no impact on the value of the Company’s issued and fully paid share capital.

During the year and prior to the share capital consolidation, the Company issued 12,696,257 1p ordinary shares to the Norcros Employee 
Benefit Trust in order to satisfy vestings of options under the Company’s Approved Performance Share Plan and SAYE schemes. A further 
198,176 1p ordinary shares were issued to members of an SAYE scheme whose options became exercisable during the year.

Warrant instruments
In 2009 the Company executed a warrant instrument in favour of its principal banks of the day over 5% of its fully diluted ordinary share 
capital excluding any shares issued as part of a capital raising. 

Taking into account the capital raising in 2009 the remaining warrants now represent 347,475 10p ordinary shares (0.57% of the issued 
ordinary share capital) at 31 March 2016. The warrants are exercisable at 89.7p per share at any time up to July 2017.

100

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

25. Other non-current liabilities

Deferred consideration
Other non-current liabilities

2016
£m

2.2
0.8

3.0

2015
£m

0.3
1.1

1.4

Deferred consideration reflects the current best estimate of amounts payable to the former shareholders of Vado, Croydex and Abode. 
Other non-current liabilities principally includes accrued lease obligations in respect of the Group’s retail business in South Africa.

26. Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
(a) Cash generated from operations
The analysis of cash generated from operations split by continuing and discontinued operations is given below.

Continuing operations

Profit before taxation
Adjustments for:
– IAS 19R administrative expenses included in the Income Statement
– acquisition related costs included in the Income Statement
– exceptional items included in the Income Statement
– finance costs included in the Income Statement
– finance income included in the Income Statement
– IAS 19R finance cost included in the Income Statement
– cash flows from exceptional items and acquisition related costs
– depreciation 
– pension fund deficit recovery contributions
– loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
– share-based payments

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital
Changes in working capital:
– increase in inventories
– increase in trade and other receivables
– increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Profit before taxation (see note 29)
Adjustments for:
– depreciation 

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital
Changes in working capital:
– decrease in inventories
– increase in trade and other receivables
– decrease in trade and other payables

Cash generated from discontinued operations

Cash generated from operations

2016
£m

15.4

1.7
5.2
(2.3)
1.1
(1.2)
1.4
0.2
5.5
(2.1)
0.1
1.2

26.2

(7.2)
(4.9)
4.4

18.5

2016
£m

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

18.5

2015
£m

11.0

1.7
2.2
2.5
1.8
(3.3)
1.1
(4.7)
6.0
(2.1)
0.1
1.3

17.6

(2.0)
(1.4)
1.9

16.1

2015
£m

—

—

—

0.4
(0.1)
(0.2)

0.1

16.2

(b) Outflow related to exceptional items and acquisition related costs
This includes expenditure charged to exceptional provisions relating to onerous lease costs, acquisition related costs (excluding deferred 
remuneration) and other business rationalisation and restructuring costs.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

101

26. Consolidated Cash Flow Statement continued
(c) Analysis of net debt

At 1 April 2014
Cash flow
Other non-cash movements
Exchange movement

At 31 March 2015
Cash flow
Other non-cash movements
Exchange movement

At 31 March 2016

Cash included
within assets 
held-for-sale 
£m

0.5
(0.5)
—
—

—
—
—
—

—

Net cash 
£m

Borrowings
£m

Net debt
£m

3.2
1.1
—
(0.1)

4.2
(0.1)
—
(1.0)

3.1

(30.6)
12.1
0.1
—

(18.4)
(17.0)
(0.2)
—

(35.6)

(26.9)
12.7
0.1
(0.1)

(14.2)
(17.1)
(0.2)
(1.0)

(32.5)

Other non-cash movements principally relate to the movement in the costs of raising debt finance in the year.

27. Dividends
A final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2015 of £2.2m (0.375p per 1p ordinary share) was paid on 29 July 2015 and 
an interim dividend of £1.4m (2.2p per 10p ordinary share) was paid on 6 January 2016. A final dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 March 2016 of £2.7m (4.4p per 10p ordinary share) is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 27 July 2016. These financial 
statements do not reflect this final dividend.

28. Capital and other financial commitments
(a) Capital commitments

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in the financial statements

(b) Operating lease commitments

Total commitments under operating leases:
– not later than one year
– later than one year and not later than five years
– later than five years

2016
£m

1.4

2016
£m

4.8
11.4
3.9

20.1

Total future sub-lease payments receivable relating to the above operating leases amounted to £1.6m (2015: £2.1m).

The above operating lease commitments are analysed as:

Equipment:
– not later than one year
– later than one year and not later than five years
Land and buildings:
– not later than one year
– later than one year and not later than five years
– later than five years

2016
£m

1.6
2.9

3.2
8.5
3.9

20.1

2015
£m

1.2

2015
£m

4.9
12.9
2.1

19.9

2015
£m

1.6
2.9

3.3
10.0
2.1

19.9

102

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

29. Discontinued operations and assets held-for-sale
On 30 May 2014, the Company completed a transaction to dispose of 100% of the issued share capital of Norcros Industry (Pty) Limited 
(NIPL), which owned its Australian tiles business, to Kim Hin Industries Berhad (KHIB). 

In accordance with IFRS 5, an impairment loss of £1.5m to re-measure the carrying value of the assets to fair value less costs to sell was 
recognised following the reclassification of the net assets of NIPL as held-for-sale in the year ended 31 March 2014. Including an estimated 
tax charge arising from the transaction of £0.1m, a total loss on disposal of £1.6m was anticipated. Following the completion of the 
transaction the Company made an actual loss on disposal of £1.5m. Taking into account the loss of £1.6m reflected in the Consolidated 
Income Statement in the year ended 31 March 2014, this means that a profit of £0.1m was recognised in the year ended 31 March 2015. 
The actual loss on disposal was calculated as follows:

Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables

Net assets disposed of

Disposal proceeds:
Cash
Less: directly attributable costs

Net proceeds

Loss on disposal before tax and recycling of foreign exchange

Tax charge on loss on disposal

Loss on disposal before recycling of foreign exchange

Recycling of foreign exchange

Loss on disposal

The net cash inflow from the disposal, reported in investing activities, was as follows:

Disposal proceeds
Directly attributable costs
Cash divested

Net cash inflow

As NIPL represented a major line of business for the Group and was classified as held-for-sale in the year ended 31 March 2014, its 
operations were treated as discontinued with a single amount shown on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement. The table 
below provides further detail of the amount presented in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Revenue

Expenses

Profit before tax and loss recognised on re-measurement to fair value less costs to sell

Loss on disposal
Reversal of loss recognised on re-measurement to fair value (including associated tax charge)

Profit for the period from discontinued operations

 2016 
£m

—

—

—

—
—

—

2015
£m

1.8
3.1
1.4
0.6
(1.2)

5.7

4.7
(0.3)

4.4

(1.3)

(0.1)

(1.4)

(0.1)

(1.5)

2015
£m

4.7
(0.3)
(0.6)

3.8

2015
£m

1.8

(1.8)

—

(1.5)
1.6

0.1

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

103

29. Discontinued operations and assets held-for-sale continued
The net cash flows of NIPL reported in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement were as follows:

Operating activities (note 26(a))
Investing activities

Net cash inflow

 2016 
£m

—
—

—

2015
£m

0.1
3.8

3.9

The total comprehensive income and expense of NIPL reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income were as follows:

Profit for the year from discontinued operations
Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total comprehensive income from discontinued operations

 2016 
£m

—
—

—

2015
£m

0.1
0.1

0.2

30. Business combinations
(a) Acquisition of Croydex Group Limited
On 25 June 2015, the Group acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of Croydex Group Limited (Croydex), a market leading, innovative 
designer, manufacturer and distributor of high quality bathroom furnishings and accessories. The acquisition of Croydex was an important 
step in the Group’s growth strategy to increase revenue to £420m by 2018 and follows on from the very successful integration of the Vado 
business, which Norcros acquired in March 2013. Croydex is incorporated in England and is based in Andover, Hampshire.

The following table summarises the consideration paid for Croydex and the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed:

Consideration
Cash
Deferred consideration

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liability

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Total

£m

20.8
1.1

21.9

£m

7.9
1.6
2.8
5.0
3.5
(5.7)
(0.2)
(0.8)

14.1

7.8

21.9

The fair value adjustments reflect the assessment of the value of acquired intangible assets of £7.9m, the revaluation of the leasehold 
property of £0.9m, and a deferred tax liability of £1.0m mainly arising from the recognition of acquired intangible assets and property.

In most business combinations there is an element of cost which cannot be allocated against the individual assets and liabilities acquired. 
This residual amount is recognised as goodwill and is supported by a number of factors which do not meet the criteria required for them to 
be treated as intangible assets. In this case the most significant elements relate to Croydex’s unique product portfolio and its knowledgeable 
workforce. It is not expected at this stage that any of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

104

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE GROUP ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

30. Business combinations continued
(a) Acquisition of Croydex Group Limited continued
The fair value of trade and other receivables is £5.0m, which includes trade receivables with a fair value of £4.6m. The gross contractual 
amount for trade receivables due is £4.8m, of which £0.2m is expected to be uncollectable.

Costs relating to the transaction of £0.8m have been expensed to the Consolidated Income Statement and included within acquisition 
related costs.

The deferred consideration of £1.1m is unconditional and will be paid in the year ending 31 March 2019. As part of the transaction, a 
long-term incentive scheme has been put in place for the Croydex managing director which is dependent on the financial performance 
of Croydex over the next three years. The maximum amount and current expectation is that £1.0m will be payable under this scheme 
(including employment taxes) which will be treated as deferred remuneration and included within acquisition related costs in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

The revenue included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income since 25 June 2015 attributable to Croydex was £17.2m. 
Over the same period, Croydex contributed profit after tax of £1.8m. Had Croydex been consolidated from the beginning of the period, the 
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income would have shown pro-forma revenue of £241.1m and pro-forma profit after tax of £13.2m.

The net cash outflow from the transaction reported within investing activities was as follows:

Cash consideration
Settlement of debt-like items
Cash acquired

Net cash outflow reported in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

£m

20.8
2.0
(3.5)

19.3

In addition to the above, a cash outflow of £0.8m relating to costs incurred in respect of the transaction has been included within cash 
generated from continuing operations, such that the total net cash outflow from the acquisition in the year was £20.1m.

(b) Acquisition of Abode Home Products Limited
On 31 March 2016, the Group acquired 100% of the ordinary share capital of Abode Home Products Limited (Abode), a leading niche 
designer and distributor of high quality kitchen taps, bathroom taps and kitchen sinks. The acquisition of Abode was a further step in the 
Group’s growth strategy and follows on from the successful integration of the Vado and Croydex businesses which Norcros acquired in 
March 2013 and June 2015 respectively. Adding the Abode business to our existing portfolio has increased the breadth of our product 
range in the kitchen and bathroom segments. Abode is incorporated in England and is based in Barnsley, South Yorkshire.

The following table summarises the consideration paid for Abode and the provisional fair value of the assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed:

Consideration
Cash
Deferred consideration

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Total

£m

3.7
1.1

4.8

£m

0.4
1.1
2.5
0.6
(2.5)
(0.2)

1.9

2.9

4.8

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

105

30. Business combinations continued
(b) Acquisition of Abode Home Products Limited continued
Due to the proximity of the acquisition date to the date of publication of this Annual Report it has not been possible for the Group to 
finalise the fair values of Abode’s assets and liabilities. The provisional fair value adjustments reflect accounting policy alignments such as 
provisioning for inventory and impairment of trade receivables of £0.2m. A full review of the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities 
will take place over the coming months with the expectation that a revised position will be presented in the Group’s interim statement 
for the six months ending 30 September 2016. It is not expected at this stage that any of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

The provisional fair value of trade and other receivables is £2.5m, which includes trade receivables with a provisional fair value of £2.4m. 
The gross contractual amount for trade receivables due is £2.5m, of which £0.1m is expected to be uncollectable.

Costs relating to the transaction of £0.2m have been expensed to the Consolidated Income Statement and included within acquisition 
related costs.

Of the total deferred consideration, £0.2m related to amounts due following finalisation of the completion accounts and was duly paid 
on 16 May 2016. The remaining deferred consideration of £0.9m is unconditional and will be paid in the year ending 31 March 2019. 
As part of the transaction, a long-term incentive scheme has been put in place for the Abode managing director which is dependent on 
the financial performance of Abode over the next three years. The maximum amount and current expectation is that £0.4m will be payable 
under this scheme which will be treated as deferred remuneration and included within acquisition related costs in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Given the fact that the acquisition took place on the last day of the Group’s financial year, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income contains no revenue or profits attributable to the Abode business. Had Abode been consolidated from the beginning of the period, 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income would have shown pro-forma revenue of £246.0m and pro-forma profit after 
tax of £13.3m. Had both Abode and Croydex been consolidated from the beginning of the period, the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income would have shown pro-forma revenue of £251.2m and pro-forma profit after tax of £13.5m.

The net cash outflow from the transaction reported within investing activities was as follows:

Cash consideration
Cash acquired

Net cash outflow reported in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

£m

3.7
(0.6)

3.1

In addition to the above, a cash outflow of £0.1m relating to costs incurred in respect of the transaction has been included within cash 
generated from continuing operations, such that the total net cash outflow from the acquisition in the year was £3.2m.

31. Related party transactions
Within the definition of IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’, key management and Directors are classed as related parties. Details 
of the remuneration provided to key management and Directors are disclosed in note 4 and the Annual Report on Remuneration 
on pages 50 to 58.

106

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF NORCROS PLC

Report on the parent company financial statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, Norcros plc’s parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

 — give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2016;

 — have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

 — have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

What we have audited
The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), comprise:

 — the parent company balance sheet as at 31 March 2016;

 — the statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and

 — the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Other required reporting
Consistency of other information
Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, 
information in the Annual Report is:

 — materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

 — apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the parent company acquired in the course 

of performing our audit; or

 — otherwise misleading.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Adequacy of accounting records and information and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

 — the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Directors’ remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report - Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

107

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Our responsibilities and those of the directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 61, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs (UK & Ireland). 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
We conducted our audit in accordance with ISAs (UK & Ireland). An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, 
whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 

 — whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 

adequately disclosed; 

 — the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and 

 — the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the directors’ judgments against available evidence, forming our own judgments, 
and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide a 
reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive 
procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements 
or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the group financial statements of Norcros plc for the year ended 31 March 2016.

Martin Heath (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Manchester

14 June 2016

108

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
AT 31 MARCH 2016

Non-current assets
Investments
Deferred tax assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities – borrowings

Net assets

Financed by:
Share capital
Share premium account
Treasury reserve
Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ funds

Notes

3
4

5

6

7

2016
£m

177.3
0.3

177.6

(7.5)

(7.5)

170.1

(35.6)

134.5

6.1
1.1
—
127.3

134.5

2015
£m

177.3
0.5

177.8

(19.9)

(19.9)

157.9

(18.4)

139.5

6.0
1.0
(0.1)
132.6

139.5

The financial statements of Norcros plc, registered number 3691883, were approved on 14 June 2016 and signed on behalf of the Board by:

Nick Kelsall 
Group Chief Executive 

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

 
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

109

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

At 1 April 2014
Comprehensive expense:
Loss for the year
Transactions with owners:
Shares issued
Dividends paid
Share option schemes and warrants

At 31 March 2015
Comprehensive expense:
Loss for the year
Transactions with owners:
Shares issued
Dividends paid
Share option schemes and warrants

At 31 March 2016

Ordinary
share
capital
£m

Share
premium
£m

Treasury
reserve
£m

5.8

—

0.2
—
—

6.0

—

0.1
—
—

6.1

0.9

—

0.1
—
—

1.0

—

0.1
—
—

1.1

—

—

(0.1)
—
—

(0.1)

—

(0.1)
—
0.2

—

Retained
earnings/
(losses)
£m

137.5

(3.1)

—
(3.1)
1.3

Total
£m

144.2

(3.1)

0.2
(3.1)
1.3

132.6

139.5

(2.7)

—
(3.6)
1.0

(2.7)

0.1
(3.6)
1.2

127.3

134.5

110

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY ACCOUNTS
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

1. Statement of accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced 
disclosure framework’ (FRS 101), on the going concern basis and under the historical convention modified for fair values, and in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and with applicable accounting standards. Effective 1 April 2015 the Company transitioned 
from previously applicable UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to FRS 101.

These financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with the reduced disclosure framework for all 
periods presented. A separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the Company has not been presented as permitted by 
Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006.

The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements, in accordance 
with FRS 101:

 — the following paragraphs of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’:

 — 10(d) (statement of cash flows);

 — 16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);

 — 111 (cash flow statement information); and

 — 134–136 (capital management disclosures);

 — IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: disclosures’;

 — IAS 7, ‘Statement of cash flows’;

 — IAS 24 (paragraph 17), ‘Related party disclosures’ – key management compensation; and

 — IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’ – the requirement to disclose related party transactions between two or more members of a group.

As the Group financial statements include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has taken the exemptions available under FRS 101 in 
respect of the following disclosures:

 — IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payments’, in respect of Group equity-settled share-based payments; and

 — certain disclosures required by IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’, and disclosures required by IFRS 7, ‘Financial instrument: disclosures’.

FRS 101 requires that a reconciliation between net assets and the loss for the year as calculated under old UK GAAP and FRS 101 should 
be presented during the first year of adoption of FRS 101. As there is no difference between the values calculated under FRS 101 and old 
UK GAAP this reconciliation has not been presented.

A summary of the more important accounting policies, which have been applied consistently, is set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost, less any provision for impairment. The Directors believe the carrying value of investments 
is supported by their underlying assets and cash flow projections derived from detailed budgets and forecasts. Dividends received from 
investments are included within turnover and recognised on receipt of the dividend.

Foreign currency transactions
Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at rates applicable at the year end. Exchange gains 
and losses are dealt with in arriving at operating profit.

Taxation
Deferred taxation has been recognised as a liability or asset if transactions have occurred at the Balance Sheet date that give rise to an 
obligation to pay more taxation in the future or a right to pay less taxation in the future. An asset is recognised only when the transfer 
of economic benefits is more likely than not to occur.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the 
dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or when paid if earlier.

Financial assets and liabilities
Borrowings – the Company measures all borrowings initially at fair value. This is taken to be the fair value of the consideration received. 
Transaction costs (any such costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the issue of the financial instrument) are included in the 
calculation of the effective interest rate and are, in effect, amortised through the Income Statement over the duration of the borrowing.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability 
for at least twelve months after the Balance Sheet date.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

111

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The fair value of the employee services received 
in exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Non-market vesting 
conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each Balance Sheet date, the Company 
revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

2. Other information
Other than the Directors, who receive no emoluments from the Parent Company, the Company has no employees. Details of the 
Directors’ emoluments can be found in note 4 of the Group accounts and in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 50 to 58.

Auditor’s remuneration of £3,000 (2015: £3,000) is borne by the Company’s subsidiary, without recharge.

3. Investments

At 1 April 2015 and 31 March 2016

Shares in 
subsidiaries
£m

177.3

The Company owns 100% of the share capital of Norcros Group (Holdings) Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales. 
The principal activities of the subsidiary are to act as an intermediate holding company and a manufacturer and distributor of showers, 
taps, tiles and adhesives.

The Directors believe that the carrying value of investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

Details of the subsidiaries owned by the Company are shown in note 10.

4. Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method. The movement on the deferred tax account is as 
shown below:

2016
£m

2015
£m

Deferred tax asset at the beginning of the year
Charged to the Income Statement

Deferred tax asset at the end of the year

Other timing differences

The full potential asset for deferred tax is as follows:

Other timing differences
Tax losses

0.5
(0.2)

0.3

2016
£m

0.3

2016
£m

0.3
5.0

5.3

0.6
(0.1)

0.5

2015
£m

0.5

2015
£m

0.5
5.2

5.7

No deferred tax has been recognised in the financial statements in respect of the tax losses as the Company does not believe that 
utilisation of these losses is probable.

112

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2016

5. Trade and other payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Accruals

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

6. Financial liabilities – borrowings

Loans and bank overdrafts
Costs of raising finance

Repayable after more than one year:
– between one and two years
– between two and five years
– costs of raising finance

2016
£m

6.9
0.6

7.5

2016
£m

36.0
(0.4)

35.6

—
36.0
(0.4)

35.6

2015
£m

19.4
0.5

19.9

2015
£m

19.0
(0.6)

18.4

—
19.0
(0.6)

18.4

In July 2014 the Company agreed a new unsecured £70m revolving credit facility with a £30m accordion facility with Lloyds Bank plc, 
Barclays Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc. The facility has a five-year tenure and consequently expires in July 2019.

7. Called up share capital

Issued and fully paid
60,995,930 ordinary shares of 10p each
597,064,867 ordinary shares of 1p each

2016
£m

6.1
—

2015
£m

—
6.0

Following the approval by shareholders of the consolidation of 1p ordinary shares into ordinary shares of 10p at the Annual General 
Meeting of the Company held on 22 July 2015, the Company duly completed the share capital consolidation with a record date of 
29 September 2015. As a result of the consolidation, the ordinary shares of 1p each were amended to new ordinary shares of 10p each. 
The share consolidation had no impact on the value of the Company’s issued and fully paid share capital.

During the year and prior to the share capital consolidation, the Company issued 12,696,257 1p ordinary shares to the Norcros Employee 
Benefit Trust in order to satisfy vestings of options under the Company’s Approved Performance Share Plan and SAYE schemes. A further 
198,176 1p ordinary shares were issued to members of an SAYE scheme whose options became exercisable during the year.

Warrant instruments
In 2009 the Company executed a warrant instrument in favour of its principal banks of the day over 5% of its fully diluted ordinary share 
capital excluding any shares issued as part of a capital raising. 

Taking into account the capital raising in 2009 the remaining warrants now represent 347,475 10p ordinary shares (0.57% of the issued 
ordinary share capital) at 31 March 2016. The warrants are exercisable at 89.7p per share at any time up to July 2017.

8. Dividends
A final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2015 of £2.2m (0.375p per 1p ordinary share) was paid on 29 July 2015 and 
an interim dividend of £1.4m (2.2p per 10p ordinary share) was paid on 6 January 2016. A final dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 March 2016 of £2.7m (4.4p per share) is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 27 July 2016. These financial statements 
do not reflect this final dividend.

9. Contingent liabilities
The Company is party to an omnibus set-off agreement between Lloyds Bank plc and the Group’s UK subsidiaries.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

113

10. Subsidiaries
The subsidiaries included in the financial statements are disclosed below. All companies are 100% owned by the Group.

Held directly by Norcros plc

Company

Norcros Group (Holdings) Limited

Held indirectly by Norcros plc

Company

Abode Home Products Ltd
Bathshoponline Ltd
Carlton Holdings Ltd
Critall Construction Ltd
Croydex Group Ltd
Croydex Ltd
Croydex Trustees Ltd
Eurobath International Ltd
H & R Johnson (Overseas) Ltd
H & R Johnson Tiles Ltd
Lincolnshire Properties (Norfolk Street) Ltd
Mettlex Industries Ltd
Norcros (Trustees) Ltd
Norcros Adhesives Ltd
Norcros Developments Ltd
Norcros Estates Ltd
Norcros Group Trusteeships Ltd
Norcros Industry (International) Ltd
Norcros Securities Ltd
Norcros Services Ltd
Plumbex UK Ltd
Stonechester (Stoke) Ltd
Taps Direct Ltd
Triton Industry Ltd
Triton plc
UBM Pension Trust Ltd
Vado UK Ltd
Cronors Insurance Ltd
Christa 271 (Pty) Ltd
Ceracon (Pty) Ltd
General Adhesives (Pty) Ltd
Johnson Tiles Pty Ltd
Lesatsi Trading (Pty) Ltd
Norcros SA (Pty) Ltd
TAL (Pty) Ltd
Talcor Properties (Pty) Ltd
Tile Adhesives (Pty) Ltd
Tile Africa Group (Pty) Ltd
Triton SA (Pty) Ltd
Norcros Middle East Building Products Trading LLC

Country of incorporation 
or registration

England

Country of incorporation 
or registration

England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
Guernsey
Namibia
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
UAE

114

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Notice is given that the 2016 Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at 11.00 am on 27 July 2016 at The Mere Golf Resort 
& Spa, Chester Road, Mere, Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 6LJ for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing the resolutions set 
out below. Resolutions 1 to 11 (inclusive) below will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 12 to 15 (inclusive) below will be 
proposed as special resolutions. 

1.  To receive the audited accounts and the auditor’s and Directors’ reports for the year ended 31 March 2016.

2.  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 March 2016.

3.  To declare a final dividend of 4.4 pence per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 2016.

4.  To re-elect Jo Hallas as a Director.

5.  To re-elect Martin Towers as a Director.

6.  To re-elect David McKeith as a Director.

7.  To re-elect Nick Kelsall as a Director. 

8.  To elect Shaun Smith as a Director of the Company, who was appointed by the Board since the last Annual General Meeting.

9. 

 To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor to hold office from the conclusion of this Annual General Meeting until the 
conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.

10.  To authorise the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors to agree the remuneration of the auditor.

11.   The Directors be and are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to 

exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security 
into such shares (Allotment Rights), but so that:

(a)   the maximum amount of shares that may be allotted or made the subject of Allotment Rights under this authority are shares with 

an aggregate nominal value of £4,066,395 of which:

(i)  one half may be allotted or made the subject of Allotment Rights in any circumstances; and

(ii)   the other half may be allotted or made the subject of Allotment Rights pursuant to any rights issue (as referred to in the 

Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules) or pursuant to any arrangements made for the placing or underwriting or other 
allocation of any shares or other securities included in, but not taken up under, such rights issue;

(b)   this authority shall expire 15 months after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the Company’s next 

Annual General Meeting;

(c)   the Company may make any offer or agreement before such expiry which would or might require shares to be allotted or 

Allotment Rights to be granted after such expiry; and

(d)   all authorities vested in the Directors on the date of the notice of this Annual General Meeting to allot shares or to grant 

Allotment Rights that remain unexercised at the commencement of this meeting are revoked.

12.  That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 in the notice of this Annual General Meeting (Notice), the Directors be and are hereby 

empowered pursuant to Section 570 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of that Act) for 
cash, pursuant to the authority conferred on them by resolution 11 in the Notice or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if Section 
561 of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power is limited to:

(a)   the allotment of equity securities in connection with any rights issue or open offer (each as referred to in the Financial Conduct 

Authority’s Listing Rules) or any other pre-emptive offer that is open for acceptance for a period determined by the Directors to 
the holders of ordinary shares on the register on any fixed record date in proportion to their holdings of ordinary shares (and, if applicable, 
to the holders of any other class of equity security in accordance with the rights attached to such class), subject in each case to 
such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or appropriate in relation to fractions of such securities, 
the use of more than one currency for making payments in respect of such offer, any such shares or other securities being represented 
by depositary receipts, treasury shares, any legal or practical problems in relation to any territory or the requirements of any 
regulatory body or any stock exchange; and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

115

(b)   the allotment of equity securities (other than pursuant to paragraph (a) above) with an aggregate nominal value of £304,979,

 and shall expire on the revocation or expiry (unless renewed) of the authority conferred on the Directors by resolution 11 in the 
Notice, save that, before the expiry of this power, the Company may make any offer or agreement which would or might require 
equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities under any such offer or agreement 
as if the power had not expired. 

13.   That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 in the notice of this Annual General Meeting (Notice) and, in addition to the power contained 
in resolution 12 set out in the Notice, the Directors be and are hereby empowered pursuant to Section 570 of the Companies Act 2006 
to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of that Act) for cash, pursuant to the authority conferred on them by resolution 11 
in the Notice or by way of sale of treasury shares as if Section 561 of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this 
power is:

(a)  limited to the allotment of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal value of £304,979; and

(b)   used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the power is to be exercised within six months after the date of the 
original transaction) a transaction which the Directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment of a kind 
contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption 
Group prior to the date of the notice of this meeting,

 and shall expire on the revocation or expiry (unless renewed) of the authority conferred on the Directors by resolution 11 in the 
Notice save that, before the expiry of this power, the Company may make any offer or agreement which would or might require 
equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities under any such offer or agreement 
as if the power had not expired.

14.   The Company is generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market 

purchases (as defined in Section 693 of that Act) of ordinary shares of £0.10 in its capital provided that: 

(a)  the maximum aggregate number of such shares that may be acquired under this authority is 6,099,593;

(b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) that may be paid for such a share is its nominal value;

(c)   the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) that may be paid for such a share is the maximum price permitted under the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules or, in the case of a tender offer (as referred to in those Rules), 5% above the average of the 
middle market quotations for an ordinary share (as derived from the Daily Official List of London Stock Exchange plc) for the five 
business days immediately preceding the date on which the terms of the tender offer are announced;

(d)   this authority shall expire 15 months after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the Company’s next 

Annual General Meeting; and

(e)   before such expiry, the Company may enter into a contract to purchase shares that would or might require a purchase to be 

completed after such expiry.

15.  That any general meeting of the Company that is not an Annual General Meeting may be convened by not less than 14 clear days’ notice. 

By order of the Board

Richard H. Collins 
Company Secretary

14 June 2016

Registered office:
Ladyfield House
Station Road
Wilmslow
Cheshire SK9 1BU

Registered in 
England and Wales 
Company number 
3691883

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED

Notes
1. 

 A member who is entitled to attend and vote at the meeting is entitled to appoint another person, or two or more persons, in respect 
of different shares held by him, as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at the meeting.

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

 The right of a member of the Company to vote at the meeting will be determined by reference to the register of members. A member 
must be registered on that register as the holder of ordinary shares of 10p each (ordinary shares) by close of business on 25 July 2016 
in order to be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting as a member in respect of those shares. 

 A member wishing to attend and vote at the meeting in person should arrive prior to the time fixed for its commencement. A member 
that is a corporation can only attend and vote at the meeting in person through one or more representatives appointed in accordance 
with Section 323 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended. Any such representative should bring to the meeting written evidence of 
his appointment, such as a certified copy of a board resolution of, or a letter from, the corporation concerned confirming the appointment. 
Any member wishing to vote at the meeting without attending in person or (in the case of a corporation) through its duly appointed 
representative must appoint a proxy to do so. Forms for the appointment of a proxy that can be used for this purpose have been provided 
to members with this Notice of Annual General Meeting. To be valid, a proxy appointment form must be completed in accordance 
with the instructions that accompany it and then be delivered (together with any power of attorney or other authority under which 
it is signed, or a certified copy of such item) to Capita Asset Services, PXS at The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU 
so as to be received by 11.00 am on 25 July 2016. Alternatively, a member may appoint a proxy online by following the instructions 
for the electronic appointment of a proxy at www.capitashareportal.com. If you have not previously registered to use this facility you 
will require your investor code which can be located on the enclosed proxy form. In order to be a valid proxy appointment, the 
member’s electronic message confirming the details of the appointment completed in accordance with those instructions must be 
transmitted so as to be received by the same time. Members who hold their shares in uncertificated form may also use the CREST 
voting service to appoint a proxy electronically, as explained below. Appointing a proxy will not prevent a member from attending 
and voting in person at the meeting should he so wish.

 Any person to whom this notice is sent who is currently nominated by a member of the Company to enjoy information rights under 
Section 146 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended (a “nominated person”), may have a right under an agreement between him 
and that member to be appointed, or to have someone else appointed, as a proxy for the meeting. If a nominated person has no such 
right or does not wish to exercise it, he may have a right under such an agreement to give instructions to the member concerned 
as to the exercise of voting rights. The statement in note 1 above of the rights of a member in relation to the appointment of proxies 
does not apply to a nominated person. Such rights can only be exercised by the member concerned. 

 Voting on all resolutions will be conducted by way of a poll, rather than a show of hands. This is a more transparent method of voting 
as members’ votes are counted according to the number of ordinary shares held. As soon as practicable following the meeting, the 
results of the voting at the meeting and the numbers of proxy votes cast for and against, together with the number of votes actively 
withheld in respect of, each of the resolutions will be announced via a Regulatory Information Service and will also be placed on the 
Company’s website: www.norcros.com. 

6. 

 As at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to the printing of this document), (i) the Company’s issued share capital 
consisted of 60,995,930 ordinary shares carrying one vote each and (ii) the total voting rights in the Company were 60,995,930. 

7. 

8. 

 Each member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting which, in 
accordance with Section 319A of the Companies Act 2006, as amended, and subject to some exceptions, the Company must cause 
to be answered. Information relating to the meeting which the Company is required by the Companies Act 2006, as amended, to publish 
on a website in advance of the meeting may be viewed at www.norcros.com. A member may not use any electronic address provided 
by the Company in this document or with any proxy appointment form or in any website for communicating with the Company for 
any purpose in relation to the meeting other than as expressly stated in it.

 It is possible that, pursuant to members’ requests made in accordance with Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, as amended, 
the Company will be required to publish on a website a statement in accordance with Section 528 of that Act setting out any matter that 
the members concerned propose to raise at the meeting relating to the audit of the Company’s latest audited accounts. The Company 
cannot require the member concerned to pay its expenses in complying with those sections. The Company must forward any such 
statement to its auditor by the time it makes the statement available on the website. The business that may be dealt with at the 
meeting includes any such statement.

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

117

Notes continued
9. 

 CREST members who wish to appoint one or more proxies through the CREST system may do so by using the procedures described 
in the CREST voting service section of the CREST manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those 
CREST members who have appointed one or more voting service providers, should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), 
who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment or a proxy instruction made using the CREST 
voting service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST proxy appointment instruction”) must be properly authenticated 
in accordance with the specifications of CREST’s operator, Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited (“Euroclear”) and must contain all the relevant 
information required by the CREST manual. To be valid, the message (regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or is 
an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy) must be transmitted so as to be received by Capita Asset Services 
(ID RA10), as the Company’s “issuer’s agent”, by 11.00 am on 25 July 2016. After this time, any change of instruction to a proxy appointed 
through the CREST system should be communicated to the appointee through other means. The time of the message’s receipt will be 
taken to be when (as determined by the timestamp applied by the CREST Applications Host) Capita Asset Services is first able to retrieve it 
by enquiry through the CREST system in the prescribed manner. Euroclear does not make available special procedures in the CREST system 
for transmitting any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations apply in relation to the input of CREST proxy appointment 
instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or a 
CREST sponsored member or has appointed any voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) 
take(s)) such action as is necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. CREST 
members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s) should take into account the provisions of the CREST 
manual concerning timings as well as its section on “Practical limitations of the system”. In certain circumstances, the Company may, 
in accordance with the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 or the CREST manual, treat a CREST proxy appointment instruction 
as invalid. 

10.   The Company takes all reasonable precautions to ensure that no viruses are present in any electronic communication which it sends 
but does not accept responsibility for any loss or damage arising from the opening or use of any email or attachment sent by the Company. 
The Company recommends that members subject all emails and attachments to virus checking procedures prior to opening or use. 
Any electronic communication received by the Company or Capita Asset Services (including the lodgement of an electronic proxy 
form) which is found to contain any virus will not be accepted.

11.   Copies of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment will be available for inspection at the registered office of the Company 

during normal business hours each business day and at the place of the Annual General Meeting for at least 15 minutes prior to and 
during the meeting.

12.   Information regarding this meeting, including information required by Section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, is available 

at www.norcros.com.

118

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

EXPLANATORY NOTES

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will take place at 11.00 am on 27 July 2016 at The Mere Golf Resort & Spa, Chester Road, Mere, 
Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 6LJ. The notice convening that meeting, together with the resolutions to be proposed, appears on pages 114 to 117 
of this document. The Directors recommend all shareholders to vote in favour of all of the resolutions to be proposed, as the Directors intend 
to do so in respect of their own shares, and consider that they are in the best interests of the Company and the shareholders as a whole.

Explanatory notes in relation to the resolutions appear below:

Resolution 1
Report and accounts
For each financial year, the Directors are required to present the audited accounts, the auditor’s report and the Directors’ Report 
to shareholders at a general meeting.

Resolution 2
Approval of the Remuneration Report
The Company is required by law to seek the approval of shareholders of its annual report on remuneration policy and practice. 
This does not affect the Directors’ entitlement to remuneration and the result of this resolution is advisory only.

The Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2016 is set out in full on pages 50 to 58 of this document. 
Any shareholder who would like a copy of the Annual Report and Accounts 2016 can obtain one by contacting our registrar 
on 0871 6640300. Alternatively, the Annual Report and Accounts 2016 can be viewed on our website at www.norcros.com.

Included in the text of the Remuneration Report is the Directors’ remuneration policy statement. This policy was approved 
by shareholders at the Company’s 2014 AGM and there have been no changes to the policy since that date.

Resolution 3
Dividend
The payment of the final dividend requires the approval of shareholders in general meeting. If the meeting approves resolution 3, 
the final dividend of 4.4p per ordinary share will be paid on 28 July 2016 to ordinary shareholders who are on the register of members 
on 24 June 2016 in respect of each ordinary share. 

Resolution 4
Re-election of Jo Hallas
It is proposed that Jo Hallas be re-elected as a Director.

Brief biographical details of Jo can be found on page 31. The Chairman confirms that, following performance evaluation, Jo’s performance 
continues to be effective, she demonstrates commitment to the role and she possesses the necessary experience and knowledge. The 
Board therefore unanimously recommends that Jo be re-elected as a Director. 

Resolution 5
Re-election of Martin Towers
It is proposed that Martin Towers be re-elected as a Director.

Brief biographical details of Martin can be found on page 30. The Board confirms that, following performance evaluation, Martin’s 
performance continues to be effective, he demonstrates commitment to the role and he possesses the necessary experience 
and knowledge. The Board unanimously recommends that Martin be re-elected as a Director. 

Resolution 6
Re-election of David McKeith
It is proposed that David McKeith be re-elected as a Director.

Brief biographical details of David can be found on page 31. The Chairman confirms that, following performance evaluation, David’s 
performance continues to be effective, he demonstrates commitment to the role and he possesses the necessary experience and 
knowledge. David is also Chairman of the Audit Committee, and the Chairman confirms that David has relevant and recent financial 
experience. The Board unanimously recommends that David be re-elected as a Director. 

Resolution 7
Re-election of Nick Kelsall
It is proposed that Nick Kelsall be re-elected as a Director.

Brief biographical details of Nick can be found on page 30. The Chairman confirms that, following performance evaluation, Nick’s 
performance continues to be effective, he demonstrates commitment to the role and he possesses the necessary experience 
and knowledge. The Board unanimously recommends that Nick be re-elected as a Director. 

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

119

Resolution 8
Election of Shaun Smith
Shaun was appointed to the Board in April 2016 and it is therefore proposed that Shaun offers himself for election for the first time 
by the Company’s shareholders at the 2016 Annual General Meeting.

Brief biographical details of Shaun Smith can be found on page 30. The other Directors unanimously recommend that Shaun be elected 
as a Director.

Resolution 9
Re-appointment of auditor
The Company is required to appoint an auditor at each general meeting before which accounts are laid, to hold office until the end of the 
next such meeting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has indicated that it is willing to continue as the Company’s auditor for another year. 
You are therefore asked to re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Audit Committee has reviewed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s 
performance as auditor of the Company and has recommended re-appointment. Accordingly, the Directors recommend the re-appointment 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Resolution 10
Remuneration of auditor
The resolution follows best practice in giving authority to the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of the Company’s auditor.

Resolution 11
Power to allot shares
Most listed companies renew their directors’ authority to issue shares at each Annual General Meeting. Such an authority was granted at 
last year’s Annual General Meeting and is due to expire on 22 January 2017 or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting 
of the Company. In accordance with best practice, this resolution seeks to renew the Directors’ authority to allot shares.

Resolution 11, if passed, will renew the Directors’ authority to allot shares in the capital of the Company up to a maximum aggregate 
nominal value of £4,066,395 (representing 40,663,950 ordinary shares). This represents the Association of British Insurers’ (ABI) guideline limit 
of approximately two thirds of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to 
the publication of this document). Of this amount, ordinary shares to an aggregate nominal value of £2,033,197.50 (representing 20,331,975 
ordinary shares which is approximately one third of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 13 June 2016 (being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication of this document)) can only be allotted pursuant to a rights issue.

As at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this document), the Company did not hold any shares in 
the Company in treasury. The renewed authority will remain in force until 15 months after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, 
at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting in 2017.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising this authority. The purpose of giving the Directors this authority is to maintain 
the Company’s flexibility to take advantage of any appropriate opportunities that may arise. 

Resolutions 12 and 13
Disapplication of pre-emption rights for “customary” 5% and disapplication of pre-emption rights in relation to acquisitions 
and specified capital investments
The Directors are currently authorised, subject to certain limitations, to issue securities of the Company for cash without first offering 
them to existing shareholders in proportion to their existing shareholdings. That authority will expire on 22 January 2017 or, if earlier, at 
the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company and, in accordance with best practice, resolutions 12 and 13 (which 
will be proposed as special resolutions) seek to renew the Directors’ authority to disapply pre-emption rights as referenced below. 

Other than in connection with a rights or other similar issue or where, for example, difficulties arise in offering shares to certain overseas 
shareholders and in relation to fractional entitlements, the authority contained in resolution 12 will be limited to an aggregate nominal 
value of £304,979. This aggregate nominal amount equates to approximately 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as 
at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this notice of Annual General Meeting). Resolution 12 follows 
guidance from the Pre-Emption Group’s revised Statement of Principles, published on 12 March 2015, and adopts the Pre-Emption 
Group’s template wording that was published on 5 May 2016. 

120

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2016

EXPLANATORY NOTES CONTINUED

Resolution 12 and 13 continued
Disapplication of pre-emption rights for “customary” 5% and disapplication of pre-emption rights in relation to acquisitions 
and specified capital investments continued
In line with the revised Statement of Principles, the Company is seeking authority, pursuant to resolution 13, to issue up to an additional 5% 
of its issued ordinary share capital for cash without pre-emption rights applying. In accordance with the revised Statement of Principles, 
and the Pre-Emption Group’s template wording issued on 5 May 2016, the Company will only allot shares with a nominal value of up to 
£304,979 (representing 5% of issued ordinary share capital) pursuant to resolution 13 where that allotment is in connection with an acquisition 
or specified capital investment (within the meaning given in the Statement of Principles) which is announced contemporaneously with 
the allotment, or which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the allotment. 
This renewed authority will remain in force until 15 months after the passing of resolution 13 or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next 
Annual General Meeting in 2017. 

In accordance with the Statement of Principles (which is supported by the Association of British Insurers, the Pensions and Lifetime 
Savings Association (formerly National Association of Pension Funds Limited) and The Investment Association), the Board confirms its 
intention that no more than 7.5% of the issued share capital will be issued for cash on a non pre-emptive basis pursuant to resolutions 
12 and 13 during any rolling three-year period.

Resolution 14
Authority to purchase own shares
This resolution, which will be proposed as a special resolution, is a resolution which the Company proposes to seek on an annual basis, 
in line with other listed companies in the UK, to give the Company authority to buy back its own ordinary shares in the market as permitted 
by the Companies Act 2006. The authority limits the number of shares that could be purchased to an aggregate maximum of 6,099,593 
ordinary shares which have an aggregate nominal value of £609,959.30 (representing approximately 10% of the aggregate nominal value of 
the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this 
document)) and sets minimum and maximum prices. The renewed authority will remain in force until 15 months after the passing of this 
resolution or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting in 2017.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising the authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares, but will keep the matter 
under review, taking into account other investment opportunities. The authority will be exercised only if the Directors believe that to do 
so would result in an increase in earnings per share and would promote the success of the Company and be in the best interests of its 
shareholders generally. To the extent that any shares so purchased are held in treasury (see below), earnings per share will be enhanced 
until such time, if any, as such shares are resold or transferred out of treasury.

Any purchases of ordinary shares would be by means of market purchases through the London Stock Exchange. If any shares are purchased, 
they will be either cancelled or held in treasury. Any such decision will be made by the Directors at the time of purchase on the basis of 
the shareholders’ best interests. Shares held in treasury can be cancelled, sold for cash or, in appropriate circumstances, used to meet 
obligations under employee share schemes. Any shares held in treasury would not be eligible to vote nor would any dividend be paid on 
any such shares. If any ordinary shares purchased pursuant to this authority are not held by the Company as treasury shares, then such 
shares would be immediately cancelled, in which event the number of ordinary shares in issue would be reduced.

The Directors believe that it is desirable for the Company to have this choice. Holding the repurchased shares as treasury shares gives 
the Company the ability to re-issue them quickly and cost effectively and provides the Company with additional flexibility in the 
management of its capital base. 

As at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this document), there were warrants and options over 
2,709,704 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, which represent, in aggregate, approximately 4.44% of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital. If the authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares was exercised in full, these options and warrants would 
represent approximately 4.94% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital. As at 13 June 2016 (being the latest practicable date prior to 
the publication of this document), the Company did not hold any shares in treasury.

Resolution 15
Notice of general meeting
This special resolution is required in order to preserve the ability of the Company to convene general meetings (other than Annual General 
Meetings) of the Company on not less than 14 clear days’ notice, rather than on not less than the 21 days’ notice which would otherwise 
be required. In order to preserve this ability, the Company’s shareholders must have approved the calling of such meetings on not less 
than 14 clear days’ notice. Resolution 15 seeks such approval. 

The shorter notice period would not be used as a matter of routine for general meetings, but only where the flexibility is merited 
by the business of the meeting and is thought to be to the advantage of the shareholders as a whole.

The approval will be effective until the Company’s next Annual General Meeting, when it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed. 
The Company will also need to meet the requirements for electronic proxy submission under the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) 
Regulations 2009 before it can call a general meeting on such notice.

Design Portfolio is committed to planting 
trees for every corporate communications 
project, in association with Trees for Cities.

 
N

o

r

c

r

o

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

Norcros plc
Ladyfield House 
Station Road 
Wilmslow 
Cheshire SK9 1BU

www.norcros.com